Thomson Linear Motion Systems (rodless) Catalog

Thomson Linear Motion Systems (rodless) Catalog
ASIA
Thomson
203A West Rock Road
Radford, VA 24141, USA
Phone: 1-540-633-3549
Fax: 1-540-633-0294
E-mail: [email protected]
Literature: literature.thomsonlinear.com
Asia Pacific
Thomson
750, Oasis, Chai Chee Road,
#03-20, Technopark @ Chai Chee,
Singapore 469000
Email: [email protected]
EUROPE
Germany
Thomson
Nürtinger Straße 70
72649 Wolfschlugen
Phone: +49 (0) 7022 504 0
Fax: +49 (0) 7022 504 405
Email: [email protected]
France
Thomson
Phone: +33 (0) 243 50 03 30
Fax: +33 (0) 243 50 03 39
Email: [email protected]
Italy
Thomson
Largo Brughetti
20030 Bovisio Masciago
Phone: +39 0362 594260
Fax: +39 0362 594263
Email: [email protected]
India
Thomson
10th Floor , Sigma Building
Hiranandani Business Park
Powai , Mumbai – 400076, India
Email: [email protected]
Japan
Thomson
Minami-Kaneden 2-12-23, Suita
Osaka 564-0044 Japan
Phone: +81-6-6386-8001
Fax: +81-6-6386-5022
E-mail: [email protected]
Korea
F12 Ilsong Bldg, 157-37
Samsung-dong, Kangnam-gu,
Seoul, Korea (135-090)
Phone: +82 2 6917 5049
Fax: +82 2 6917 5007
Email: [email protected]
Linear Motion Systems
United Kingdom
Thomson
Phone: +44 (0) 1271 334 500
Fax: +44 (0) 1271 334 501
Email: [email protected]
China
Thomson
Rm 2205, Scitech Tower
22 Jianguomen Wai Street
Beijing 100004
Phone: +86 400 6661 802
Fax: +86 10 6515 0263
Email: [email protected]
OCTOBER 2012 ENG
USA, CANADA and MEXICO
Linear Motion Systems
Spain
Thomson
Rbla Badal, 29-31 7th, 1st
08014 Barcelona
Phone: +34 (0) 9329 80278
Fax: + 34 (0) 9329 80278
Email: [email protected]
Sweden
Thomson
Estridsväg 10
29109 Kristianstad
Phone: +46 (0) 44 24 67 00
Fax: +46 (0) 44 24 40 85
Email: [email protected]
www.thomsonlinear.com
NA201102-15 TJO 10/2012
Specifications are subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of the product user to determine the suitability of
this product for a specific application. All trademarks property of their respective owners. © Thomson Industries, Inc. 2012
www.thomsonlinear.com
Thomson - the Choice for Optimized Motion Solutions
Often the ideal design solution is not about finding the fastest, sturdiest, most accurate or even
the least expensive option. Rather, the ideal solution is the optimal balance of performance, life
and cost.
Quickly Configure the Optimal Mechanical Motion Solution
Thomson has several advantages that makes us the supplier of choice for motion control technology.
• Thomson owns the broadest standard product offering of mechanical motion technologies in the industry.
• Modified versions of standard product or white sheet design solutions are routine for us.
• Choose Thomson and gain access to over 70 years of global application experience in industries including packaging, factory automation,
material handling, medical, clean energy, printing, automotive, machine tool, aerospace and defense.
• As part of Danaher Corporation, we are financially strong and unique in our ability to bring together control, drive, motor, power transmission
and precision linear motion technologies.
A Name You Can Trust
A wealth of product and application information as well as 3D models, software tools, our distributor locator and global contact information
is available at www.thomsonlinear.com/contact_us. Talk to us early in the design process to see how Thomson can help identify the optimal
balance of performance, life and cost for your next application. And, call us or any of our 2000+ distribution partners around the world for fast
delivery of replacement parts.
The Danaher Business System
The Danaher Business System (DBS) was established to increase the value we bring to customers. It is a mature and successful set of tools we
use daily to continually improve manufacturing operations and product development processes. DBS is based on the principles of Kaizen which
continuously and aggressively eliminates waste in every aspect of our business. DBS focuses the entire organization on achieving breakthrough
results that create competitive advantages in quality, delivery and performance – advantages that are passed on to you. Through these
advantages Thomson is able to provide you faster times to market as well as unsurpassed product selection, service, reliability and productivity.
Local Support Around the Globe
Application Centers
Global Manufacturing Operations
Global Design & Engineering Centers
Linear Motion Systems
Table of Contents
Thomson................................................................................................................... 5
Linear Motion Systems at Work...........................................................................6
Simple Product Selection with Linear Motioneering®....................................7
Linear Motion System Group Selection Chart............................................. 8 - 9
Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guide.....10
Overview.................................................................................................. 10 - 13
WM40S..................................................................................................... 14 - 15
WM40D.................................................................................................... 16 - 17
WM60D.................................................................................................... 18 - 19
WM60S..................................................................................................... 20 - 21
WM60X..................................................................................................... 22 - 23
WM80D.................................................................................................... 24 - 25
WM80S..................................................................................................... 26 - 27
WM120D.................................................................................................. 28 - 29
WV60........................................................................................................ 30 - 31
WV80........................................................................................................ 32 - 33
WV120...................................................................................................... 34 - 35
MLSM60D................................................................................................ 36 - 37
MLSM80D................................................................................................ 38 - 39
M55........................................................................................................... 40 - 41
M75........................................................................................................... 42 - 43
M100......................................................................................................... 44 - 45
2HB10....................................................................................................... 46 - 47
2HB20....................................................................................................... 48 - 49
2RB12........................................................................................................ 50 - 51
2RB16........................................................................................................ 52 - 53
MS25......................................................................................................... 54 - 55
MS33......................................................................................................... 56 - 57
MS46L....................................................................................................... 58 - 59
MS46B...................................................................................................... 60 - 61
Units with inch interface
2DB08....................................................................................................... 62 - 63
2DB12O..................................................................................................... 64 - 65
2DB12J..................................................................................................... 66 - 67
2DB16O..................................................................................................... 68 - 69
2DB16J..................................................................................................... 70 - 71
Linear Motion Systems with Ball Screw Drive and Slide Guide.................72
Overview.................................................................................................. 72 - 73
M55........................................................................................................... 74 - 75
M75........................................................................................................... 76 - 77
M100......................................................................................................... 78 - 79
Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guide................................80
Overview.................................................................................................. 80 - 81
WH40........................................................................................................ 82 - 83
WM60Z..................................................................................................... 84 - 85
WM80Z, standard carriage................................................................... 86 - 87
WM80Z, short carriage......................................................................... 88 - 89
M55........................................................................................................... 90 - 91
M75........................................................................................................... 92 - 93
M100......................................................................................................... 94 - 95
MLSM80Z................................................................................................. 96 - 97
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Slide Guide..............................98
Overview.................................................................................................. 98 - 99
M50....................................................................................................... 100 - 101
M55....................................................................................................... 102 - 103
M75 ...................................................................................................... 104 - 105
M100..................................................................................................... 106 - 107
Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Wheel Guide..........................108
Overview.............................................................................................. 108 - 109
WH50.................................................................................................... 110 - 111
WH80.................................................................................................... 112 - 113
WH120.................................................................................................. 114 - 115
MLSH60Z.............................................................................................. 116 - 117
Linear Lifting Units..............................................................................................118
Overview............................................................................................. 118 - 119
WHZ50.................................................................................................. 120 - 121
WHZ80.................................................................................................. 122 - 123
Z2........................................................................................................... 124 - 125
Z3........................................................................................................... 126 - 127
Linear Rod Units..................................................................................................128
Overview.............................................................................................. 128 - 129
WZ60..................................................................................................... 130 - 131
WZ80..................................................................................................... 132 - 133
Accessories..........................................................................................................135
Accessory Index...........................................................................................135
Mounting Kits...................................................................................... 136 - 140
Cover and Protection Kits................................................................. 141 - 144
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits............................................. 145 - 164
Electrical Feedback Devices............................................................ 165 - 176
Non Driven Units................................................................................ 177 - 181
Additional Technical Data.................................................................................182
Additional Technical Data Tables.................................................... 182 - 186
Drive Calculations.............................................................................. 187 - 188
Deflection Calculations..................................................................... 189 - 190
Ordering Keys.......................................................................................................191
Keys for Units with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides..... 191 - 199
Keys for Units with Ball Screw Drive and Slide Guides.........................200
Keys for Units with Belt Drive and Ball Guides............................. 201 - 204
Keys for Units with Belt Drive and Slide Guides.....................................205
Keys for Units with Belt Drive and Wheel Guides........................ 206 - 207
Keys for Linear Lifting Units........................................................................208
Keys for Linear Rod Units............................................................................209
Keys for Non Driven Units................................................................. 210 - 211
Terminology..........................................................................................................212
Basic Linear Motion System Terminology.................................................212
Glossary................................................................................................................213
A - Belt D........................................................................................................213
Belt G - C........................................................................................................214
D - E................................................................................................................215
G - M...............................................................................................................216
N - Sc..............................................................................................................217
Si - W..............................................................................................................218
3
4
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Thomson
The optimal balance of performance, life and cost
The unmatched breadth of the Thomson linear motion system product line comes from the
consolidation of three world-reknowned brands: Thomson, Neff and Tollo. We are product
innovators with decades of application experience. Unbiased ownership of the multiple
motion system technologies enables Thomson to provide you with the optimal balance of
performance versus installed cost for your application.
Neff
Thomson
Thomson
Tollo
Thomson introduced the first ball screw actuator into an
aviation application in 1939 and invented the anti-friction
Linear Ball Bushing® Bearing in 1945. Thomson has been a
market leader with an increasing portfolio of linear motion
technologies ever since.
Founded in 1905, Neff offered products for the linear motion
market and, over the decades, became a market leader in ball
screw technology. The first linear motion system from Neff was
presented in 1981 at the FAMETA show in Stuttgart.
Thomson has consolidated the most competitive and
complementary products from each brand into the most
advanced, most comprehensive product portfolio available
today. The range covers the smallest and most compact
linear motion systems to the biggest and most robust. Our
wide range of guide and drive systems can be configured
economically and can also work in harsh environments, at
high speeds, and in high precision applications.
Thomson is linear motion, optimized.
Tollo began in 1981 as a lifting equipment manufacturer.
The product line grew rapidly thereafter and, in 1982, Tollo
presented their first linear motion system at the Technical Fair
in Stockholm.
www.thomsonlinear.com
5
Linear Motion Systems at Work
Application Examples
Thomson Linear Motion Systems can be used in almost all industries . The breadth of our
range makes it possible to find the optimum solution for most applications imaginable. If the
standard range is not enough, Thomson is happy to discuss a custom solution that meets your
needs. Below is a small selection of applications where linear motion systems have been
used succesfully. Contact us and we can show you many, many more.
Handling
Linear motion systems are ideal for handling applications.
Thomson has units suitable for the harsh environments
in food and paper industries to the rigorous cleanliness
demands found in the medical and electronics industries.
Medical and laboratory
In this application a robot made of linear motion systems is
used to pick samples from test tubes of different heights.
Thomsons has the small, quiet, quick and accurate units
you need to build this type of equipment.
Transportation and transfer
Whenever you may need to move something from one
place to another a linear motion system can be the answer.
Here a moulding machine is fed and emptied at high speed.
Packaging, filling and dispensing
To fill, close, stack, label or print on boxes or other
containers of almost any size and weight is easily done
with linear motion systems.
6
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Simple Product Selection with Linear Motioneering®
On-Line Product Selection
The Linear Motioneering sizing and selection tool is designed to make it simple to choose the right
linear motion system for your application. Linear Motioneering is very easy to use, just enter the
basic paramaters for your application and watch as Linear Motioneering does all the work. Linear
Motioneering calculates application parameters through a comprehensive set of algorithms and
compares your results to our product database to determine an optimized solution set.
To determine which linear motion system is best suited for
your application you just enter the application parameters
in seven simple steps into Linear Motioneering. Once
a product solution is selected, choose from a wide
assortment of accessories, motors, and motor mounts.
The program will output a 2D drawing or an interactive 3D
model, list prices, delivery times, and ordering information.
In your account you can see your quote history. Please visit
www.linearmotioneering.com for more information.
Seven simple steps
1. Visit www.linearmotioneering.com
2. Create an account
3. Enter the system orientation
4. Enter the positioning requirements
5. Enter any environmental conditions
6. Enter the load and the forces
7. Enter the move profile requirements
Outputs
1. 2D drawings or interactive 3D models
2. List prices
3. Delivery times
4. Ordering information
www.thomsonlinear.com
7
Linear Motion System Group Selection Chart
How to select appropiate product group
Thomson linear motion systems offers two drive options (screw or belt drive) and three
carriage guidance options (ball, slide or wheel guides). The chart below provides reference to
the ideal product combination based on the general application type.
Application Type Group 1
Instrumentation and other low-load
applications. Repeatability and/or spatial
constraints may be critical.
• Small-scale material handling
• Medical instrumentation
• Lab automation
• Vending machines
Type:
Load < 15 kg
Smallest spatial footprint
Repeatability ± 0,005 mm
Stroke up to 0,8 m
MS Drive: Screw Guides: Ball
See pages 54 - 61
Type:
WH40 Drive: Belt Guides: Ball
Repeatability ± 0,05 mm
Speeds up to 3 m/s
Strokes up to 2 m
See pages 82 - 83
Application Type Group 2
Economical point-to-point transport
motion. Speed and/or environmental
protection may be critical.
• Packaging
• Filling and dispensing
• Factory automation
• Material handling
• Printing and scanning
• Food processing
Type:
M Drive: Screw Guides: Slide
Repeatability ± 0,05 mm
Speeds up to 1,6 m/s
Strokes up to 6 m
See pages 74 - 79
Type:
M Drive: Belt Guides: Slide
Repeatability ± 0,2 mm
Speeds up to 5 m/s
Strokes up to 12 m
See pages 100 - 107
Application Type Group 3
Motion with tighter accuracy requirements.
Stiffness and rigidity may be critical.
• Machine tool material handling
• Machine tool automation
• Test and measurement
• Inspection equipment
• Automotive assembly
8
Type:
WM Drive: Screw Guides: Ball
Repeatability
< ± 0,02 mm
See pages 18 - 29
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Linear Motion System Group Selection Chart
How to select appropiate product group
How to use the selection chart
1. Chose the one of the three general application type groups that match your application
the best.
2. Move right in the chart until you identified a possible unit type for your needs.
3. Look up the unit type in the catalog and see if there is a size or version among them that
match.
4. If you find a match, go to step 5. If not, go back to the chart and identify the next possible unit type and repeat.
5. Confirm the choice by performing the necessary calculations. The Linear Motioneering
Sizing and Selection Tool or the Thomson customer support team can help you with this.
Type:
Highest cost
Type:
See pages 14 -17
M Drive: Screw Guides: Ball
Heavier loads
Better stiffness
Higher
moment loads
M
Drive:
Belt
Guides:
Ball
2DB Drive: Screw Guides: Ball
See pages 62 - 71
WH, Drive: Belt Guides: Wheel
MLSH60Z
Type:
See pages 40 - 45
Type:
Lowest cost
WM40 Drive: Screw Guides: Ball
Repeatability
± 0,01 mm
Better stiffness
Type:
Cost indicator legend
Speeds up to 10 m/s
and/or higher
moment loads
Heavier loads
Better stiffness
See pages 110 - 117
See pages 90 - 95
Type:
2RB Drive: Screw Guides: Ball
WMZ, Drive: Belt Guides: Ball
MLSM80Z
Type:
Speeds up to 5 m/s
and/or higher
moment loads
See pages 84 - 89, 96 - 97
Best accuracy
Repeatability
< ± 0,005 mm
See pages 50 - 52
Type:
Best accuracy
with higher
stiffness and moment
load capacity
Type:
2HB Drive: Screw Guides: Ball
MLSM Drive: Screw Guides: Ball
Heavier loads
and/or
higher moments
See pages 46 - 49
See pages 36 - 39
www.thomsonlinear.com
9
Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guide
Overview
PowerLine WM
Features
• Can be installed in any orientation
• Patented guide system
• Patented self-adjusting plastic cover band
• Patented screw support system
WM40
Parameter
WM40S
WM40D
WM60D
WM60S
WM60X
WM80D
WM80S
WM120D
Profile size (width × height)
[mm]
40 × 40
40 × 40
60 × 60
60 × 60
60 × 60
80 × 80
80 × 80
120 × 120
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
2000
2000
11000
5000
10340
11000
5000
11000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
0,25
0,25
2,5
2,5
0,25
2,5
2,5
2,0
[N]
600
600
2000
1400
2000
3000
2100
6000
Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum
Remarks
single ball double ball double ball single ball
nut
nuts
nuts
nut
Page
14
16
18
20
left/right
screw
22
double ball single ball double ball
nuts
nut
nuts
24
26
28
WM-Series Technical Presentation
Screw support
Patented screw support system permits high
speeds at long stroke lengths while reducing the
available stroke with a minimum.
Ball guides
Integrated patented ball guides with hardened steel tracks for optimum performance.
10
Double ball nuts
Central lubrication
Double pre-tensioned ball nuts improve One central lubrication point on the
the accuracy and allow re-tensioning,
carriage services the entire unit resulting
increasing the lifetime of the unit.
in a minimum maintenace requirement.
Ball cages
The balls in the ball guides are protected
by a ball cage which ensures a long life.
Cover band
The patented self-adjusting cover band protect the
unit from the penetration of dirt, dust and liquids.
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guide
Overview
PowerLine WV
Features
• Can be installed in any orientation
• Patented self-adjusting plastic cover band
• Patented screw support system
• The units require external guides
WV80
Parameter
WV60
WV80
WV120
Profile size (width × height)
[mm]
60 × 60
80 × 80
120 × 120
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
11000
11000
11000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
2,5
2,5
2,0
[N]
-
-
-
double ball nuts
the units has no guides
double ball nuts
the units has no guides
double ball nuts
the units has no guides
30
32
34
Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum
Remarks
Page
ForceLine MLSM
Features
• Can be installed in any orientation
• Patented guide system
• Patented plastic cover band
• Patented screw support system
MLSM80D
Parameter
MLSM60D
MLSM80D
Profile size (width × height)
[mm]
160 × 65
240 × 85
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
5500
5200
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
2,5
2,0
[N]
6000
8000
double ball nuts
double ball nuts
36
38
Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum
Remarks
Page
www.thomsonlinear.com
11
Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guide
Overview
Movopart M
Features
• Can be installed in any orientation
• Self-adjusting stainless steel cover band
• Internal ball guides
• Wash down protected versions available
M75
Parameter
M55
M75
M100
Profile size (width × height)
[mm]
58 × 55
86 × 75
108 × 100
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
3000
4000
6000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
1,6
1,0
1,25
[N]
400
1450
3000
single ball nut
single ball nut
single ball nut
40
42
44
Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum
Remarks
Page
2HB
Features
• Can be installed in any orientation
• High load capabilities
• Low profile height
• Preloaded ballscrew and bearing carriages offer high stiffness / rigidity
• Corrosion resistant options available.
2HB20
Parameter
2HB10
2HB20
Profile size (width × height)
[mm]
100 × 60
200 × 90
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
1375
2760
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
0,47
0,95
[N]
8000
34000
bellows or shroud options available
bellows or shroud options available
46
48
Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum
Remarks
Page
2RB
Features
• Can be installed in any orientation
• High load capabilities
• Low profile height
• Preloaded ballscrew and Super Smart bearing configuration provides stiffness / rigidity
• Corrosion resistant options available.
2RB16
Parameter
2RB12
2RB16
Profile size (width × height)
[mm]
130 × 40
160 × 48
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
1951
2815
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
0,47
0,73
[N]
1760
5176
bellows option available
bellows option available
50
52
Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum
Remarks
Page
12
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guide
Overview
Features
• Compact, lightweight package
• Stainless steel leadscrew with anti-backlash nut offers precise
repeatability
• Segmented linear bearings provide smooth motion
• Corrosion resistant options available
MicroStage MS
MS33
Parameter
MS25
MS33
MS46L
MS46B
Profile size (width × height)
[mm]
50 × 25
60 × 33
86 × 46
86 × 46
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
705,5
704
821,3
821,3
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
0,85
1,02
0,83
0,83
[N]
100
150
450
450
Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum
Remarks
bellows option available bellows option available bellows option available bellows option available
Page
54
2DB
2DB12
INCH INTERFACE
Parameter
56
58
60
Features
• Integrated dual-rail, webbed shaft ideal for loading in all orientations
• Low-profile height
• Super Smart bushings with low friction for smooth motion
• Easy mounting
• Corrosion resistant options available
2DB08
2DB12O
2DB12J
2DB16O
2DB16J
Profile size (width × height)
[in]
4.5 × 1.625
6 × 2.125
6 × 2.562
7.5 × 2.625
7.5 × 3.062
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[in]
41
63
63
84.5
84.5
[in/s]
33.3
10.0
25.0
8.3
41.67
Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [lbs]
336
2115
2115
3555
3555
Linear speed, maximum
Remarks
Page
www.thomsonlinear.com
leadscrew driven
62
ballscrew driven
ballscrew driven
ballscrew driven ballscrew driven
integrated carriage modular carriage integrated carriage modular carriage
64
66
68
70
13
WM40S
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Single Ball Nut
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WM40S
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
40 × 40
Type of screw
» Ordering key - see page 191
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 182
Input speed [rpm]
Screw lead [mm]
p=5
ball screw with single nut
150
0,3
Carriage sealing system
self-adjusting plastic cover band
1500
0,5
Screw supports
included in all units that require
screw supports
3000
0,8
Lubrication
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
Included accessories
4 × mounting clamps
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
Performance Specifications
Parameter
WM40S
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
2000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
0,25
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
20
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,02
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
1000
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
450
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
600
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
10
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
30
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
30
[N]
100
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
3
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
12
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
14
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information.
Critical Speed
Definition of Forces
1,50
0,30
0,36
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WM40S
Dimensions
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Single Ball Nut
A1: depth 7
A2: lubricating nipple on both sides DIN3405 D 1/A
Projection
A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8
A4: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
0 – 500 (0 – 450)
65
35
270 (320)
501 – 1100 (451 – 1050)
65
45
280 (330)
1101 – 2000 (1051 – 1950)
70
60
300 (350)
Values between brackets = for units with long carriage
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
[mm]
175
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
900
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
1200
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 0,45
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 0,6
[N]
4
[mm]
Smax + C + L A
Force required to move second carriage
Total length (L tot)
1
WM40S
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
15
WM40D
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts, Long Carriage
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WM40D
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
40 × 40
Type of screw
» Ordering key - see page 191
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 182
Input speed [rpm]
Screw lead [mm]
p=5
ball screw with double nuts
150
0,4
Carriage sealing system
self-adjusting plastic cover band
1500
0,6
Screw supports
included in all units that require
screw supports
3000
0,9
Lubrication
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
Included accessories
4 × mounting clamps
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
Performance Specifications
Parameter
WM40D
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
1950
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
0,25
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
20
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,01
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
1000
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
450
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
600
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
10
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
30
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
30
[N]
100
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
3
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
12
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
16
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information.
Critical Speed
Definition of Forces
1,90
0,30
0,60
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WM40D
Dimensions
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts, Long Carriage
A1: depth 6
A2: lubricating nipple on both sides DIN3405 D 1/A
Projection
METRIC
A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8
A4: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
0 – 500
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
65
35
320
501 – 1100
65
45
330
1101 – 2000
70
60
350
Double Long Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
[mm]
225
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
900
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
1200
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 0,45
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 0,6
[N]
4
[mm]
Smax + C + L A
Force required to move second carriage
Total length (L tot)
1
WM40D
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
17
WM60D
» Ordering key - see page 191
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 182
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WM60D
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
60 × 60
Type of screw
Input speed [rpm]
Screw lead [mm]
p=5
p = 20
p = 50
ball screw with double nut
150
0,8
1,3
1,6
Carriage sealing system
self-adjusting plastic cover band
1500
1,4
2,0
2,4
Screw supports
included in all units that require
screw supports
3000
1,8
2,3
2,6
Lubrication
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
Included accessories
4 × mounting clamps
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
Performance Specifications
Parameter
WM60D
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
screw lead 5, 20 mm
screw lead 50 mm
[mm]
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
2,5
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
20
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,01
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
4000
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
2000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
2000
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
100
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
200
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
200
[N]
500
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
35
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
20
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 20, 50
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
18
11000
5000
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information. Units with a profile length over 6300 mm consist of two profiles
where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides.
Definition of Forces
6,16
0,65
1,99
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WM60D
Dimensions
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts
A1: depth 11
A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8
A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
Projection
A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature
A5: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
0 - 695 (0 - 505)
115
65
460 (650)
2781 - 3545 (2591 - 3355)
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
230
180
690 (880)
696 - 1335 (506 - 1145)
165
115
560 (750)
3546 - 4285 (3366 - 4095)
250
200
730 (920)
1336 - 2075 (1146 - 1885)
185
135
600 (790)
4286 - 5015 (4096 - 4825)
275
225
780 (970)
2076 - 2780 (1886 - 2590)
210
160
650 (840)
5016 - 11000 (4826 - 10810)
contact customer service
Values between brackets = for units with long carriage
Long Carriage
Parameter
WM60D
Carriage length
[mm]
450
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
500
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
500
Weight
[kg]
3,1
A1: depth 11
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
[mm]
335
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
4000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
4000
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A1 × 2
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A1 × 2
[N]
20
[mm]
Smax + C + L A
Force required to move second carriage
Total length (L tot)
1
WM60D
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
19
WM60S
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Single Ball Nut, Short Carriage
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WM60S
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
60 × 60
Type of screw
» Ordering key - see page 191
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 182
Input speed [rpm]
Screw lead [mm]
p=5
p = 20
p = 50
ball screw with single nut
150
0,7
1,0
1,4
Carriage sealing system
self-adjusting plastic cover band
1500
1,1
1,6
2,0
Screw supports
included in all units that require
screw supports
3000
1,5
1,8
2,2
Lubrication
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
Included accessories
4 × mounting clamps
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
Performance Specifications
Parameter
WM60S
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
5000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
2,5
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
10
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,02
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
2800
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
1400
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
1400
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
50
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
100
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
100
[N]
500
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
35
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
20
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 20, 50
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
20
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information.
Definition of Forces
3,80
0,65
1,00
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WM60S
Dimensions
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Single Ball Nut, Short Carriage
A1: depth 11
A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8
A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
Projection
A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature
A5: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
0 - 580
95
20
335
2461 - 3125
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
175
125
520
581 - 1140
110
60
390
3126 - 3780
200
150
570
1141 - 1805
130
80
430
3781 - 4445
220
170
610
1806 - 2460
155
105
480
4446 - 5000
240
190
650
Double Short Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
[mm]
255
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
2800
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
2800
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 1,4
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 1,4
[N]
18
[mm]
Smax + C + L A
Force required to move second carriage
Total length (L tot)
1
WM60S
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
21
WM60X
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Left/Right Moving Carriages
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WM60X
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
60 × 60
Type of screw
» Ordering key - see page 191
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 182
Input speed [rpm]
Screw lead [mm]
p=5
ball screw with double nut
150
1,6
Carriage sealing system
self-adjusting plastic cover band
1500
2,8
Screw supports
included in all units that require
screw supports
3000
3,6
Lubrication
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
Included accessories
4 × mounting clamps
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
Performance Specifications
Parameter
WM60X
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
10340
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
0,25
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
20
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,01
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
4000
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
2000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
2000
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
100
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
200
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
200
[N]
500
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
35
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
20
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
22
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information. Units with a profile length over 5400 mm consist of two profiles
where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides.
Definition of Forces
10,33
0,65
1,99
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WM60X
Dimensions
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Left/Right Moving Carriages
A1: depth 11
A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8
A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
Projection
A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature
A5: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
X [mm]
Y [mm]
0 - 1390 (0 - 1200)
115
65
60
80
620
800
1391 - 2670 (1201 - 2480)
165
115
210
230
770
1050
2671 - 4150 (2481 - 3960)
185
135
250
270
810
1130
4151 - 5560 (3961 - 5370)
210
160
300
320
860
1230
5561 - 10340 (5371 - 10150)
Z [mm]
contact customer sevice
Values between brackets = for units with long carriage
Long Carriage
Parameter
WM60X
Carriage length
[mm]
450
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
500
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
500
Weight
[kg]
3,1
www.thomsonlinear.com
A1: depth 11
23
WM80D
» Ordering key - see page 191
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 182
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WM80D
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
80 × 80
Type of screw
Input speed [rpm]
Screw lead [mm]
p=5
p = 10
p = 20
p = 50
ball screw with double nuts
150
1,1
1,5
1,8
2,3
Carriage sealing system
self-adjusting plastic cover band
1500
1,7
2.1
2,3
3,0
Screw supports
included in all units that require
screw supports
3000
2,1
2,5
2,6
3,6
Lubrication
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
Included accessories
4 × mounting clamps
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
Performance Specifications
Parameter
WM80D
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm
screw lead 50 mm
[mm]
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
2,5
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
20
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,01
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
5000
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
3000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
3000
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
350
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
300
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
300
[N]
700
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
55
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
25
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 10, 20, 50
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
24
11000
5000
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information. Units with a profile length over 6300 mm consist of two profiles
where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides.
Definition of Forces
11,57
1,08
4,26
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WM80D
Dimensions
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts
A1: depth 12 mm
A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8
A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
Projection
A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature
A5: can be changed over to one of three alternative lubrication points by customer
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
0 - 780 (0 - 610)
120
80
500 (670)
3206 - 4045 (3036 - 3875)
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
235
190
725 (895)
781 - 1535 (611 - 1365)
170
125
595 (765)
4046 - 4885 (3876 - 4715)
255
210
765 (935)
1536 - 2375 (1366 - 2205)
190
145
635 (805)
4886 - 5000 (4716 - 4830)
280
235
815 (985)
2376 - 3205 (2206 - 3035)
215
170
685 (855)
5001 - 11000 (4717 - 10830)
contact customer service
Values between brackets = for units with long carriage
Long Carriage
Parameter
WM80D
Carriage length
[mm]
450
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
750
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
750
Weight
[kg]
6,4
A1: depth 12 mm
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
[mm]
360
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
6000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
6000
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A1 × 3
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A1 × 3
[N]
25
[mm]
Smax + C + L A
Force required to move second carriage
Total length (L tot)
1
WM80D
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
25
WM80S
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Singel Ball Nut, Short Carriage
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WM80S
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
80 × 80
Type of screw
» Ordering key - see page 191
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 182
Input speed [rpm]
Screw lead [mm]
p=5
p = 10
p = 20
p = 50
ball screw with single nut
150
0,9
1,1
1,3
2,0
Carriage sealing system
self-adjusting plastic cover band
1500
1,3
1,5
1,8
2,4
Screw supports
included in all units that require
screw supports
3000
1,7
1,8
2,0
2,9
Lubrication
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
Included accessories
4 × mounting clamps
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
Performance Specifications
Parameter
WM80S
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
5000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
2,5
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
20
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,02
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
3500
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
2100
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
2100
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
150
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
180
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
180
[N]
700
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
55
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
25
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 10, 20, 50
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
26
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information.
Definition of Forces
7,0
1,1
1,6
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WM80S
Dimensions
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Singel Ball Nut, Short Carriage
A1: depth 12 mm
A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8
A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
Projection
A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature
A5: can be changed over to one of three alternative lubrication points by customer
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
0 - 680
95
35
350
2831 - 3590
195
150
565
681 - 1310
125
80
425
3591 - 4355
215
170
605
1311 - 2065
150
105
475
4356 - 5000
235
190
645
2066 - 2830
170
125
515
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
[mm]
280
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
4200
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
4200
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 2,1
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 2,1
[N]
22,5
[mm]
Smax + C + L A
Force required to move second carriage
Total length (L tot)
1
WM80S
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
27
WM120D
» Ordering key - see page 191
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 182
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WM120D
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
120 × 120
Type of screw
Input speed [rpm]
Screw lead [mm]
p=5
p = 10
p = 20
p = 40
ball screw with double nuts
150
1,4
2,0
2,3
2,4
Carriage sealing system
self-adjusting plastic cover band
1500
2,5
3,0
3,3
3,8
Screw supports
included in all units that require
screw supports
3000
3,0
3,7
4,0
4,3
Lubrication
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
Included accessories
4 × mounting clamps
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
Performance Specifications
Parameter
WM120D
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm
screw lead 40 mm
[mm]
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
2,0
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
20
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,01
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm
screw lead 40 mm
[N]
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
6000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
6000
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
500
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
600
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
600
[N]
1000
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
80
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
32
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 10, 20, 40
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
28
11000
5000
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information. Units with a profile length over 5400 mm consist of two profiles
where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides.
Definition of Forces
12000
8000
25,91
1,93
9,25
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WM120D
Dimensions
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts
A1: depth 22
A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
Projection
A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 M8×1 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature
A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
0 - 890 (0 - 710)
155
100
595 (775)
3556 - 4485 (3376 - 4305)
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
330
275
945 (1125)
891 - 1695 (711 - 1515)
225
170
735 (915)
4486 - 5000 (4306 - 4820)
365
310
1015 (1195)
1696 - 2625 (1516 - 2445)
260
205
805 (985)
5001 - 11000 (4307 - 10820)
2626 - 3555 (2446 - 3375)
295
240
875 (1055)
contact customer service
Values between brackets = for units with long carriage
Long Carriage
Parameter
WM120D
Carriage length
[mm]
500
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
1500
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
1500
Weight
[kg]
14,2
A1: depth 22
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
[mm]
450
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
12000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
12000
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A1 × 6
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A1 × 6
[N]
30
[mm]
Smax + C + L A
Force required to move second carriage
Total length (L tot)
1
WM120D
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
29
WV60
» Ordering key - see page 191
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 182
Ball Screw Drive, No Guides
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WV60
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
60 × 60
Type of screw
Input speed [rpm]
Screw lead [mm]
p=5
p = 20
p = 50
ball screw with double nut
150
0,7
0,9
1,1
Carriage sealing system
self-adjusting plastic cover band
1500
1,3
1,5
1,5
Screw supports
included in all units that require
screw supports
3000
1,7
1,9
2,1
Lubrication
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
Included accessories
4 × mounting clamps
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
Performance Specifications
Parameter
WV60
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
screw lead 5, 20 mm
screw lead 50 mm
[mm]
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
2,5
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
20
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,01
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
4000
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
0
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
0
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
0
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
0
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
0
[N]
500
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
35
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
20
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 20, 50
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
30
11000
5000
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information. Units with a profile length over 6300 mm consist of two profiles
where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides.
Definition of Forces
4,72
0,55
1,42
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WV60
Dimensions
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, No Guides
A1: depth 11
A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8
A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
A [mm]
Projection
A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature
A5: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer
B [mm]
C [mm]
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
0 - 690
130
80
430
2886 - 3625
220
170
610
691 - 1415
155
105
480
3626 - 4355
245
195
660
1416 - 2155
175
125
520
4256 - 5095
265
215
700
2156 - 2885
200
150
570
5096 - 11000
www.thomsonlinear.com
contact customer service
31
WV80
» Ordering key - see page 191
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 182
Ball Screw Drive, No Guides
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WV80
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
80 × 80
Type of screw
Input speed [rpm]
Screw lead [mm]
p=5
p = 10
p = 20
p = 50
ball screw with double nuts
150
0,9
1,1
1,3
1,4
Carriage sealing system
self-adjusting plastic cover band
1500
1,6
1,9
2,1
2,3
Screw supports
included in all units that require
screw supports
3000
2,0
2,4
2,6
3,0
Lubrication
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
Included accessories
4 × mounting clamps
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
Performance Specifications
Parameter
WV80
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm
screw lead 50 mm
[mm]
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
2,5
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
20
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,01
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
5000
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
0
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
0
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
0
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
0
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
0
[N]
700
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
55
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
25
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 10, 20, 50
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
32
11000
5000
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information. Units with a profile length over 6300 mm consist of two profiles
where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides.
Definition of Forces
7,95
0,99
2,25
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WV80
Dimensions
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, No Guides
A1: depth 12 mm
A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8
A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
Projection
A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature
A5: can be changed over to one of three alternative lubrication points by customer
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
0 - 775
125
50
395
3341 - 4175
210
160
590
776 - 1670
145
95
460
4176 - 5015
235
180
635
1671 - 2505
170
115
505
5016 - 11000
2506 - 3340
190
140
550
www.thomsonlinear.com
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
contact customer service
33
WV120
» Ordering key - see page 191
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 182
Ball Screw Drive, No Guides
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WV120
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
Input speed [rpm]
120 × 120
Type of screw
Screw lead [mm]
p=5
p = 10
p = 20
p = 40
ball screw with double nuts
150
1,0
1,1
1,4
1,5
Carriage sealing system
self-adjusting plastic cover band
1500
2,1
2,2
2,5
2,8
Screw supports
included in all units that require
screw supports
3000
2,4
2,6
3,0
3,5
Lubrication
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
Included accessories
4 × mounting clamps
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
Performance Specifications
Parameter
WV120
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm
screw lead 40 mm
[mm]
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
2,0
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
20
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,01
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm
screw lead 40 mm
[N]
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
0
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
0
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
0
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
0
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
0
[N]
1000
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
80
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
32
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 10, 20, 40
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
34
11000
5000
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information. Units with a profile length over 5400 mm consist of two profiles
where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides.
Definition of Forces
12000
8000
18,10
1,94
4,75
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WV120
Dimensions
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, No Guides
A1: depth 22
A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
Projection
A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 M8×1 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature
A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
0 - 940
145
50
465
3721 - 4650
285
225
780
941 - 1860
180
120
570
4651 - 5000
320
255
845
1861 - 2790
215
155
640
5001 - 11000
2791 - 3720
250
190
710
www.thomsonlinear.com
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
contact customer service
35
MLSM60D
» Ordering key - see page 193
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 182
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
MLSM60D
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
160 × 65
Type of screw
Carriage sealing system
Screw supports
Lubrication
Input speed [rpm]
p=5
p = 10
p = 20
p = 50
ball screw with double nuts
150
1,0
1,6
1,9
2,7
plastic cover band
1500
1,6
2,2
2,3
3,4
3000
2,0
2,6
2,6
4,0
included in all units that require
screw supports
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
Included accessories
Screw lead [mm]
4 × mounting clamps
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
Performance Specifications
Parameter
MLSM60D
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
5500
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
2,5
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
20
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,01
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
5000
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
6000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
6000
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
400
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
460
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
460
[N]
350
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
60
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
25
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 10, 20, 50
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
36
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information.
Definition of Forces
14,40
1,65
5,70
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
MLSM60D
Dimensions
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
A1: depth 10
A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8
A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
Projection
A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature
A5: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
0 - 750 (0 - 580)
90
45
435 (605)
2731 - 3490 (2561 - 3320)
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
170
155
625 (795)
751 - 1220 (581 - 1050)
105
90
495 (665)
3491 - 4240 (3321 - 4070)
195
180
675 (845)
1221 - 1980 (1051 - 1810)
125
110
535 (705)
4241 - 5000 (4071 - 4830)
215
200
715 (885)
1981 - 2730 (1811 - 2560)
150
135
585 (765)
5001 - 5500 (4831 - 5330)
235
220
755 (925)
Values between brackets = for units with long carriage
Long Carriage
Parameter
MLSM60D
Carriage length
[mm]
450
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
940
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
940
Weight
[kg]
6,5
A1: depth 10
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
[mm]
320
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
12000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
12000
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A1 × 6
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A1 × 6
[N]
27
[mm]
Smax + C + L A
Force required to move second carriage
Total length (L tot)
1
MLSM60D
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
37
MLSM80D
» Ordering key - see page 193
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 182
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
MLSM80D
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
240 × 85
Type of screw
Carriage sealing system
Screw supports
Lubrication
Input speed [rpm]
p=5
p = 10
p = 20
p = 40
ball screw with double nuts
150
1,6
2,2
2,5
2,8
plastic cover band
1500
2,7
3,2
3,4
4,0
3000
3,2
4,0
4,2
4,5
included in all units that require
screw supports
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
Included accessories
Screw lead [mm]
4 × mounting clamps
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
Performance Specifications
Parameter
MLSM80D
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
5200
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
2,0
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
20
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,01
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm
screw lead 40 mm
[N]
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
8000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
8000
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
780
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
900
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
900
[N]
700
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
85
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
32
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 10, 20, 40
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
38
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information.
Definition of Forces
12000
8000
29,5
2,7
11,5
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
MLSM80D
Dimensions
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 M8×1 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature
A5: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer
A1: depth 15
A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8
A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
Projection
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
0 - 750 (0 - 570)
100
90
530 (710)
2621 - 3360 (2441 - 3180)
Stroke length (Smax) [mm]
220
210
770 (950)
751 - 1140 (571 - 960)
130
120
590 (770)
3361 - 4100 (3181 - 3920)
250
240
830 (1010)
1141 - 1880 (961 - 1700)
160
150
650 (830)
4101 - 4840 (3921 - 4660)
280
270
890 (1070)
1881 - 2620 (1701 - 2440)
190
180
710 (890)
4841 - 5000 (4661 - 4820)
310
300
950 (1130)
Values between brackets = for units with long carriage
Long Carriage
Parameter
MLSM80D
Carriage length
[mm]
500
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
1750
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
1750
Weight
[kg]
16
A1: depth 15
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
[mm]
400
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
16000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
16000
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A1 × 8
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 ×8
[N]
35
[mm]
Smax + C + L A
Force required to move second carriage
Total length (L tot)
1
MLSM80D
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
39
M55
» Ordering key - see page 194
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 182
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
M55
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
Input speed [rpm]
58 × 55
Type of screw
Screw lead [mm]
p=5
p = 10
p = 20
ball screw with single nut
500 - no screw supports
0,02
0,03
0,04
Carriage sealing system
self-adjusting steel cover band
500 - with screw supports
0,03
0,05
0,07
Screw supports
number of screw supports to be
specified by customer at order
Lubrication
lubrication of ball screw
Included accessories
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
none
Performance Specifications
Parameter
M55
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
3000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
1,6
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
8
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,05
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 70
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
1000
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
900
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
900
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
9
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
48
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
48
[N]
200
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
12
Screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
16
Screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 10, 20
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of carriage
of option single screw support
of option double screw supports
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
40
Critical Speed
1: No screw support required
2: Single screw support required
3: Double screw supports required
Definition of Forces
3,90
0,56
1,20
0,83
1,88
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
M55
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
A1: lubrication holes
A2: ø9,5/ø5,5 for socket head cap screw M5
Screw support configuration
A [mm]
B [mm]
Ordering length (L order) [mm]
Total length (L tot) [mm]
No screw support
6
6
L order = Smax + A + B + 184
L tot = L order + 70
Single screw support
40
40
L order = Smax + A + B + 184
L tot = L order + 70
Double screw supports
92
92
L order = Smax + A + B + 184
L tot = L order + 70
Double Carriages
Parameter
M55
Minimum distance between carriages (Lc)
[mm]
200
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
1350
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
1350
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 0,675
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 0,675
Force required to move second carriage
[N]
2
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of carriages
[kg]
Screw support configuration
1
6,5
2,4
A [mm]
B [mm]
Ordering length (L order) [mm]
Total length (L tot) [mm]
No screw support
6
6
L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 184
L tot = L order + 70
Single screw support
40
40
L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 184
L tot = L order + 70
Double screw supports
92
92
L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 184
L tot = L order + 70
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
41
M75
» Ordering key - see page 194
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 182
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
M75
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
Input speed [rpm]
86 × 75
Type of screw
Screw lead [mm]
p=5
p = 12,7
p = 20
ball screw with single nut
500 - no screw supports
0,04
0,1
0,16
Carriage sealing system
self-adjusting steel cover band
500 - with screw supports
0,06
0,12
0,2
Screw supports
number of screw supports to be
specified by customer at order
Lubrication
lubrication of ball screw
Included accessories
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
none
Performance Specifications
Parameter
M75
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
4000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
1,0
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
8
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,05
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 70
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
2500
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
2000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
2000
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
18
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
130
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
130
[N]
600
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
30
Screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
20
Screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 12,7, 20
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of carriage
of option single screw support
of option double screw supports
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
42
Critical Speed
1: No screw support required
2: Single screw support required
3: Double screw supports required
Definition of Forces
6,90
1,05
2,50
1,70
3,58
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
M75
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
A1: lubrication holes
A2: ø13,5/ø8,5 for socket head cap screw M8
Screw support configuration
A [mm]
B [mm]
Ordering length (L order) [mm]
No screw support
5
5
L order = Smax + A + B + 218
Total length (L tot) [mm]
L tot = L order + 78
Single screw support
60
60
L order = Smax + A + B + 218
L tot = L order + 78
Double screw supports
126
126
L order = Smax + A + B + 218
L tot = L order + 78
Double Carriages
Parameter
M75
Minimum distance between carriages (Lc)
[mm]
250
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
3000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
3000
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 1,5
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 1,5
Force required to move second carriage
[N]
2
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of carriages
[kg]
Screw support configuration
No screw support
1
12,2
5,0
A [mm]
B [mm]
Ordering length (L order) [mm]
Total length (L tot) [mm]
5
5
L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 218
L tot = L order + 78
Single screw support
60
60
L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 218
L tot = L order + 78
Double screw supports
126
126
L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 218
L tot = L order + 78
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
43
M100
» Ordering key - see page 194
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 182
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
M100
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
Input speed [rpm]
108 × 100
Type of screw
Screw lead [mm]
p=5
p = 10
p = 25
ball screw with single nut
500 - no screw supports
0,08
0,14
0,32
Carriage sealing system
self-adjusting steel cover band
500 - with screw supports
0,1
0,16
0,37
Screw supports
number of screw supports to be
specified by customer at order
Lubrication
lubrication of ball screw
Included accessories
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
none
Performance Specifications
Parameter
M100
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
6000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
1,25
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
8
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,05
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 70
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
5000
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
5000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
5000
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
60
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
400
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
400
[N]
1000
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
45
Screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
25
Screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 10, 25
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of carriage
of option single screw support
of option double screw supports
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
44
Critical Speed
1: No screw support required
2: Single screw support required
3: Double screw supports required
Definition of Forces
14,3
1,72
4,00
1,86
4,42
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
M100
Dimensions
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
A3: 100 (L order <= 1 m), 320 (L order > 1 m)
A4: 100 (L order <= 1 m), 430 (L order > 1 m)
A1: lubrication holes
A2: ø17/ø10,5 for socket head cap screw M10
Screw support configuration
Projection
A [mm]
B [mm]
Ordering length (L order) [mm]
Total length (L tot) [mm]
No screw support
1
1
L order = Smax + A + B + 306
L tot = L order + 88
Single screw support
31
31
L order = Smax + A + B + 306
L tot = L order + 88
Double screw supports
86
86
L order = Smax + A + B + 306
L tot = L order + 88
B [mm]
Ordering length (L order) [mm]
Total length (L tot) [mm]
Double Carriages
Parameter
M100
Minimum distance between carriages (Lc)
[mm]
350
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
7500
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
7500
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 3,75
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 3,75
Force required to move second carriage
[N]
2
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of carriages
[kg]
Screw support configuration
1
A [mm]
25,3
8,0
No screw support
1
1
L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 306
L tot = L order + 88
Single screw support
31
31
L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 306
L tot = L order + 88
Double screw supports
86
86
L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 306
L tot = L order + 88
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
45
2HB10
» Ordering key - see page 195
» Accessories - see page 135
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
Deflection of the Profile
General Specifications
Parameter
2HB10
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
100 × 60
Type of screw
Carriage sealing system
ball screw
none (optional shroud or bellows)
Screw supports
Lubrication
Included accessories
none
lubrication of screw and guides
RediMount™ kit
The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length.
Definition of Forces
Performance Specifications
Parameter
2HB10
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
1375
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
0,47
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
9,8
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,005
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
2800
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
2100
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
8000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
8000
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
279
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
216
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
216
[N]
533
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
1,86
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
16
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 10
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
46
2,59
0,69
0,82
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
2HB10
Dimensions
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
Projection
METRIC
A1
A1: lubrication nipple (using the unit with the nipple mounted makes the stroke 10 mm shorter).
Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax)
L = Smax + 125
www.thomsonlinear.com
47
2HB20
» Ordering key - see page 195
» Accessories - see page 135
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
Deflection of the Profile
General Specifications
Parameter
2HB20
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
200 × 90
Type of screw
Carriage sealing system
ball screw
none (optional shroud or bellows)
Screw supports
Lubrication
Included accessories
none
lubrication of screw and guides
RediMount™ kit
The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length.
Definition of Forces
Performance Specifications
Parameter
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
2760
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
0,75
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
9,8
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,005
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
1800
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
4697
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
34000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
34000
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
2463
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
1903
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
1903
[N]
533
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
15,5
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
25
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 10, 25
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
1
2
2HB20
13,32
1,70
4,47
Value for the complete unit
Value for the ball guide only
48
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
2HB20
Dimensions
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
Projection
METRIC
A1
A1: lubrication nipple (using the unit with the nipple mounted makes the stroke 10 mm shorter).
Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax)
L = Smax + 240
www.thomsonlinear.com
49
2RB12
» Ordering key - see page 196
» Accessories - see page 135
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
Deflection of the Profile
General Specifications
Parameter
2RB12
Type of screw
ball screw
Carriage sealing system
none (optional bellows)
Screw supports
Lubrication
The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length.
none
lubrication of screws and guides
Included accessories
1
Fz
130 × 40
Profile size (w × h) [mm] 1
RediMount™ kit
Definition of Forces
Base width × carriage height.
Performance Specifications
Parameter
2RB12
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
1951
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
0,47
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
9,8
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,005
Accuracy
[± mm]
0,025 / 300 mm
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
2800
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
2100
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
880
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
1760
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
65,5
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
76,8
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
38,4
[N]
533
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
1,86
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
16
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 10
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
50
3,88
0,93
1,32
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
2RB12
Dimensions
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
Projection
METRIC
A1
A1: lubrication nipples (using the unit with the nipples mounted makes the stroke 10 mm shorter).
Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax)
L = Smax + 149
www.thomsonlinear.com
51
2RB16
» Ordering key - see page 196
» Accessories - see page 135
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
Deflection of the Profile
General Specifications
Parameter
2RB16
Type of screw
ball screw
Carriage sealing system
none (optional bellows)
Screw supports
Lubrication
The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length.
none
lubrication of screws and guides
Included accessories
1
Fz
160 × 48
Profile size (w × h) [mm] 1
RediMount™ kit
Definition of Forces
Base width × carriage height.
Performance Specifications
Parameter
2RB16
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
2815
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
0,73
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
9,8
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,005
Accuracy
[± mm]
0,025 / 300 mm
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
2200
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
2998
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
2588
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
5176
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
243
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
299
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
150
[N]
533
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
2,66
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
20
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 10, 20
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
52
6,17
1,44
2,25
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
2RB16
Dimensions
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
Projection
METRIC
A1
A1: lubrication nipples (using the unit with the nipples mounted makes the stroke 10 mm shorter).
Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax)
L = Smax + 185
www.thomsonlinear.com
53
MS25
» Ordering key - see page 197
» Accessories - see page 135
Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide
Deflection of the Profile
General Specifications
Parameter
MS25
Profile size (w × h) [mm] 1
50 × 25
Type of screw
lead screw
Carriage sealing system
none (optional bellows)
Screw supports
Lubrication
The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length.
none
lubrication of screws and guides
Included accessories
1
Fz
RediMount™ kit
Definition of Forces
Base width × carriage height.
Performance Specifications
Parameter
MS25
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
705,5
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
0,85
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
9,8
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,005
Accuracy
[± mm]
0,18 / 300 mm
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
2000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
17,8
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
100
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
100
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
1,4
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
1,3
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
2,7
[N]
222
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
0,08
Lead screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
6,35
Lead screw lead (p)
inch leads
[inch]
0,025, 0,05, 0,062,
0,2, 0,25, 0,5, 1,0
1,5, 2, 3
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
metric leads
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
54
[mm]
[kg]
0,47
0,18
0,065
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
MS25
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide
Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax)
L = Smax + 95
Motor block frame size1
1
H1
H2
SD
PD
P
E (max.)
S2
L5
C1
NEMA-17
39,9
5,7
5,0
22,0
10,4
28,0
ø 0,136
49,5
43,8
NEMA-23
57,2
14,3
6,35
38,2
14,5
33,0
M4
55,9
66,7
Other sizes are easily configured. See www.linearmotioneering.com for the motor mounting configurator.
www.thomsonlinear.com
55
MS33
» Ordering key - see page 197
» Accessories - see page 135
Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide
Deflection of the Profile
General Specifications
Parameter
MS33
Profile size (w × h) [mm] 1
60 × 33
Type of screw
lead screw
Carriage sealing system
none (optional bellows)
Screw supports
Lubrication
The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length.
none
lubrication of screws and guides
Included accessories
1
Fz
RediMount™ kit
Definition of Forces
Base width × carriage height.
Performance Specifications
Parameter
MS33
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
704
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
1,02
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
9,8
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,005
Accuracy
[± mm]
0,18 / 300 mm
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
2000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
80,1
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
150
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
150
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
2,8
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
2,5
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
5,1
[N]
222
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
0,43
Lead screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
9,525
Lead screw lead (p)
inch leads
[inch]
0,0625, 0,1, 0,125, 0,2,
0,375, 0,5, 1,0, 1,2
2
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
metric leads
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
56
[mm]
[kg]
0,69
0,31
0,12
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
MS33
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide
Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax)
L = Smax + 96
Motor block frame size1
1
2
H1
H2
SD
PD
P
E (max.)
S2
L5
C1
NEMA-17
39,9
1,2 2
5,0
22,0
7,8
28,0
ø 0,136
49,5
43,8
NEMA-23
57,2
7,5
6,35
38,2
14,0
33,0
M4
55,9
66,7
Other sizes are easily configured. See www.linearmotioneering.com for the motor mounting configurator.
Above base.
www.thomsonlinear.com
57
MS46L
» Ordering key - see page 197
» Accessories - see page 135
Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide
Deflection of the Profile
General Specifications
Parameter
MS46L
Profile size (w × h) [mm] 1
86 × 46
Type of screw
lead screw
Carriage sealing system
none (optional bellows)
Screw supports
Lubrication
The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length.
none
lubrication of screws and guides
Included accessories
1
Fz
RediMount™ kit
Definition of Forces
Base width × carriage height.
Performance Specifications
Parameter
MS46L
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
821,3
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
0,83
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
9,8
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,005
Accuracy
[± mm]
0,25 / 300 mm
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
2000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
133,4
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
450
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
450
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
13,9
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
11,6
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
23,6
[N]
533
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
0,59
Lead screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
12
Lead screw lead (p)
[mm]
3, 10, 25
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
58
2,21
0,65
0,30
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
MS46L
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide
Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax)
Total Length (A) and Profile Length (B)
L = Smax + 143
A = L + 82,0
www.thomsonlinear.com
B= L - 36,5
59
MS46B
» Ordering key - see page 198
» Accessories - see page 135
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
Deflection of the Profile
General Specifications
Parameter
MS46B
Profile size (w × h) [mm] 1
86 × 46
Type of screw
ball screw
Carriage sealing system
none (optional bellows)
Screw supports
Lubrication
The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length.
none
lubrication of screws and guides
Included accessories
1
Fz
RediMount™ kit
Definition of Forces
Base width × carriage height.
Performance Specifications
Parameter
MS46B
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
821,3
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
0,5
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
9,8
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,005
Accuracy
[± mm]
0,025 / 300 mm
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
1730
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
450
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
450
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
13,9
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
11,6
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
23,6
[N]
533
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
1,53
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
12
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 10
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
60
2,21
0,65
0,30
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
MS46B
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax)
Total Length (A) and Profile Length (B)
L = Smax + 143
A = L + 82,0
www.thomsonlinear.com
B= L - 36,5
61
2DB08
» Ordering key - see page 199
» Accessories - see page 135
Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface
Deflection of the Profile
General Specifications
Parameter
2DB08
Profile size (w × h) [inch]
4.50 × 1.625
Type of screw
lead screw
Carriage sealing system
none (optional bellows)
Screw supports
Lubrication
Fz
The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length.
none
lubrication of screws and guides
Included accessories
RediMount™ kit
Definition of Forces
Performance Specifications
Parameter
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[inch]
41
Linear speed, maximum
[inch/sec]
33.3
Acceleration, maximum
[inch/s2]
385
Repeatability
[± inch]
0.0002
Accuracy
[± inch]
0.007 / 11.81 in
[rpm]
2000
Operation temperature limits
[°F]
-4 – 176
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[lbs]
20
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[lbs]
168
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[lbs]
336
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[lbf-in]
500
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[lbf-in]
500
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[lbf-in]
250
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum 1
[lbf]
50
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[lbf-in]
3.54
Lead screw diameter (d0)
[inch]
0.375
Lead screw lead (p)
[inch]
0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1
Input speed, maximum
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
1
2DB08
[lb]
5.93
1.16
1.89
With radial mount option only.
62
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
2DB08
Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface
Dimensions
Projection
INCH
Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax)
L = Smax + 7.0
www.thomsonlinear.com
63
2DB12O
» Ordering key - see page 199
» Accessories - see page 135
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface
Deflection of the Profile
General Specifications
Parameter
2DB12O
Profile size (w × h) [inch]
6 × 2.125
Type of screw
Fz
ball screw
Carriage sealing system
none (optional bellows)
Screw supports
The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length.
none
Lubrication
lubrication of screws and guides
Included accessories
RediMount™ kit
Definition of Forces
Performance Specifications
Parameter
2DB12O
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[inch]
63
Linear speed, maximum
[inch/sec]
10.0
Acceleration, maximum
[inch/s2]
385
Repeatability
standard nut
preloaded nut
[± inch]
Accuracy
[± inch]
0.002 / 12 in
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°F]
-4 – 176
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[lbs]
190
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[lbs]
1058
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[lbs]
2115
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[lbf-in]
4150
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[lbf-in]
4150
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[lbf-in]
2071
[lbf]
120
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[lbf-in]
6.73
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[inch]
0.5
Input speed, maximum
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
1
Ball screw lead (p)
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
1
0.0020
0.0002
0.631
[lb]
13.17
2.30
4.29
With radial mount option only.
64
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
2DB12O
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface
Dimensions
Projection
INCH
Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax)
L = Smax + 9.0
www.thomsonlinear.com
65
2DB12J
» Ordering key - see page 199
» Accessories - see page 135
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface
Deflection of the Profile
General Specifications
Parameter
2DB12J
Profile size (w × h) [inch]
6 × 2.562
Type of screw
ball screw
Carriage sealing system
none (optional bellows)
Screw supports
Lubrication
Fz
The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length.
none
lubrication of screws and guides
Included accessories
RediMount™ kit
Definition of Forces
Performance Specifications
Parameter
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[inch]
63
Linear speed, maximum
[inch/sec]
25.0
Acceleration, maximum
[inch/s2]
385
Repeatability
[± inch]
0.0002
Accuracy
[± inch]
0.002 / 12 in
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°F]
-4 – 176
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[lbs]
375
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[lbs]
1058
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[lbs]
2115
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[lbf-in]
4150
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[lbf-in]
4150
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[lbf-in]
2071
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum 1
[lbf]
120
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[lbf-in]
33.19
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[inch]
0.50
Ball screw lead (p)
[inch]
0.5
Input speed, maximum
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
1
2DB12J
[lb]
13.58
2.296
4.850
With radial mount option only.
66
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
2DB12J
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface
Dimensions
Projection
INCH
Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax)
L = Smax + 9.0
www.thomsonlinear.com
67
2DB16O
» Ordering key - see page 199
» Accessories - see page 135
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface
Deflection of the Profile
General Specifications
Parameter
2DB16O
Profile size (w × h) [inch]
7.5 × 2.625
Type of screw
ball screw
Carriage sealing system
Fz
none (optional bellows)
Screw supports
The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length.
none
Lubrication
lubrication of screws and guides
Included accessories
RediMount™ kit
Definition of Forces
Performance Specifications
Parameter
2DB16O
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[inch]
84.5
Linear speed, maximum
[inch/sec]
8.3
Acceleration, maximum
[inch/s2]
385
Repeatability
standard nut
preloaded nut
[± inch]
Accuracy
[± inch
0.002 / 12 in
[rpm]
2500
Operation temperature limits
[°F]
-4 – 176
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[lbs]
350
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[lbs]
1777
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[lbs]
3555
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[lbf-in]
8850
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[lbf-in]
8450
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[lbf-in]
4195
[lbf]
120
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[lbf-in]
12.39
Ball screw diameter (d0)
inch diameters
metric diameters
[inch]
[mm]
0.75
20
Ball screw lead (p)
inch leads
metric leads
[inch]
[mm]
0.2
5,0
Input speed, maximum
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
1
1
[lb]
0.0020
0.0002
26.74
3.86
8.61
With radial mount option only.
68
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
2DB16O
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface
Dimensions
Projection
INCH
Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax)
L = Smax + 11.5
www.thomsonlinear.com
69
2DB16J
» Ordering key - see page 199
» Accessories - see page 135
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface
Deflection of the Profile
General Specifications
Parameter
2DB16J
Fz
Profile size (w × h) [inch]
7.5 × 3.062
Type of screw
ball screw
Carriage sealing system
none (optional bellows)
Screw supports
Lubrication
The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length.
none
lubrication of screws and guides
Included accessories
RediMount™ kit
Definition of Forces
Performance Specifications
Parameter
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[inch]
84.5
Linear speed, maximum
[inch/sec]
41.67
Acceleration, maximum
[inch/s2]
385
Repeatability
[± inch]
0.0002
Accuracy
[± inch]
0.002 / 12 in
[rpm]
2500
Operation temperature limits
[°F]
-4 – 176
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[lbs]
350
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[lbs]
1777
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[lbs]
3555
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[lbf-in]
8877
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[lbf-in]
8098
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[lbf-in]
4053
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum 1
[lbf]
120
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[lbf-in]
30.98
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[inch]
0.631, 0.750
Ball screw lead (p)
[inch]
0.5, 1.0
Input speed, maximum
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
1
2DB16J
[lb]
25.73
3.86
7.70
With radial mount option only.
70
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
2DB16J
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface
Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax)
L = Smax + 11.5
www.thomsonlinear.com
71
Linear Motion Systems with Ball Screw Drive and Slide Guide
Overview
Movopart M
Features
• Can be installed in any orientation
• Self-adjusting stainless steel cover band
• Patented internal self-adjusting prism slide guides
• Wash down protected versions available.
M75
Parameter
M55
M75
M100
Profile size (width × height)
[mm]
58 × 55
86 × 75
108 × 100
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
3000
4000
6000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
1,0
1,6
1,6
[N]
400
1485
3005
single ball nut
single ball nut
single ball nut
74
76
78
Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum
Remarks
Page
72
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Linear Motion Systems with Ball Screw Drive and Slide Guide
Overview
M-Series Technical Presentation
Cover band
The self-adjusting magnetically sealed
stainless steel cover band protects
the unit from the penetration of dirt,
dust and liquids.
Ball screw drive
The ball screw ensures high accuracy
and efficiency and the optional screw
supports enable higher speeds.
www.thomsonlinear.com
Environmental protection
The standard unit can operate in harsh
environments but is also available in a wash
down version for environments that are
dusty, dirty and/or wet.
Prism slide guides
The patented self aligning prism slide
guides are accurate, durable and
are resistant to vibrations and shock
loads.
73
M55
» Ordering key - see page 200
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 183
Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
M55
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
Input speed [rpm]
58 × 55
Type of screw
Screw lead [mm]
p=5
p = 10
p = 20
ball screw with single nut
500 - no screw supports
0,10
0,15
0,30
Carriage sealing system
self-adjusting steel cover band
500 - with screw supports
0,13
0,27
0,45
Screw supports
number of screw supports to be
specified by customer at order
Lubrication
lubrication of ball screw
Included accessories
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
none
Performance Specifications
Parameter
M55
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
3000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
1,0
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
8
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,05
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 70
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
1000
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
400
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
400
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
9
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
23
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
23
[N]
200
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
12
Screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
16
Screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 10, 20
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of carriage
of option single screw support
of option double screw supports
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
74
Critical Speed
1: No screw support required
2: Single screw support required
3: Double screw supports required
Definition of Forces
3,06
0,44
1,20
0,83
1,88
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
M55
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide
A1: lubrication holes
A2: ø9,5/ø5,5 for socket head cap screw M5
Screw support configuration
A [mm]
B [mm]
Ordering length (L order) [mm]
Total length (L tot) [mm]
No screw support
6
6
L order = Smax + A + B + 184
L tot = L order + 70
Single screw support
32
32
L order = Smax + A + B + 184
L tot = L order + 70
Double screw supports
83
83
L order = Smax + A + B + 184
L tot = L order + 70
Double Carriages
Parameter
M55
Minimum distance between carriages (Lc)
[mm]
200
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
600
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
600
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 0,3
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 0,3
Force required to move second carriage
[N]
35
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of carriages
[kg]
Screw support configuration
1
5,14
2,40
A [mm]
B [mm]
Ordering length (L order) [mm]
Total length (L tot) [mm]
No screw support
6
6
L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 184
L tot = L order + 70
Single screw support
32
32
L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 184
L tot = L order + 70
Double screw supports
83
83
L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 184
L tot = L order + 70
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
75
M75
» Ordering key - see page 200
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 183
Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
M75
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
Input speed [rpm]
86 × 75
Type of screw
Screw lead [mm]
p=5
p = 12,7
p = 20
ball screw with single nut
500 - no screw supports
0,10
0,24
0,37
Carriage sealing system
self-adjusting steel cover band
500 - with screw supports
0,15
0,39
0,57
Screw supports
number of screw supports to be
specified by customer at order
Lubrication
lubrication of ball screw
Included accessories
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
none
Performance Specifications
Parameter
M75
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
4000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
1,6
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
8
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,05
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
5000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 70
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
2500
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
1485
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
1485
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
49
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
85
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
85
[N]
600
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
30
Screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
20
Screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 12,7, 20
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of carriage
of option single screw support
of option double screw supports
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
76
Critical Speed
1: No screw support required
2: Single screw support required
3: Double screw supports required
Definition of Forces
6,07
0,82
1,70
1,70
3,58
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
M75
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide
A1: lubrication holes
A2: ø13,5/ø8,5 for socket head cap screw M8
Screw support configuration
A [mm]
B [mm]
Ordering length (L order) [mm]
No screw support
5
5
L order = Smax + A + B + 218
Total length (L tot) [mm]
L tot = L order + 78
Single screw support
60
60
L order = Smax + A + B + 218
L tot = L order + 78
Double screw supports
126
126
L order = Smax + A + B + 218
L tot = L order + 78
Double Carriages
Parameter
M75
Minimum distance between carriages (Lc)
[mm]
250
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
2227
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
2227
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 1,114
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 1,114
Force required to move second carriage
[N]
40
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of carriages
[kg]
Screw support configuration
No screw support
1
9,82
3,40
A [mm]
B [mm]
Ordering length (L order) [mm]
Total length (L tot) [mm]
5
5
L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 218
L tot = L order + 78
Single screw support
60
60
L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 218
L tot = L order + 78
Double screw supports
126
126
L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 218
L tot = L order + 78
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
77
M100
» O» Ordering key - see page 200
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 183
Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
M100
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
Input speed [rpm]
108 × 100
Type of screw
Screw lead [mm]
p=5
p = 10
p = 25
ball screw with single nut
500 - no screw supports
0,15
0,25
0,55
Carriage sealing system
self-adjusting steel cover band
500 - with screw supports
0,25
0,40
0,85
Screw supports
number of screw supports to be
specified by customer at order
Lubrication
lubrication of ball screw
Included accessories
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
none
Performance Specifications
Parameter
M100
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
6000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
1,6
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
8
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,05
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
4000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 70
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
5000
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
3005
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
3005
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
117
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
279
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
279
[N]
1000
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
45
Screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
25
Screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 10, 25
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of carriage
of option single screw support
of option double screw supports
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
78
Critical Speed
1: No screw support required
2: Single screw support required
3: Double screw supports required
Definition of Forces
12,87
1,42
3,50
1,86
4,42
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
M100
Dimensions
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide
A3: 100 (L order <= 1 m), 320 (L order > 1 m)
A4: 100 (L order <= 1 m), 430 (L order > 1 m)
A1: lubrication holes
A2: ø17/ø10,5 for socket head cap screw M10
Screw support configuration
Projection
A [mm]
B [mm]
Ordering length (L order) [mm]
Total length (L tot) [mm]
No screw support
1
1
L order = Smax + A + B + 306
L tot = L order + 88
Single screw support
31
31
L order = Smax + A + B + 306
L tot = L order + 88
Double screw supports
86
86
L order = Smax + A + B + 306
L tot = L order + 88
B [mm]
Ordering length (L order) [mm]
Total length (L tot) [mm]
Double Carriages
Parameter
M100
Minimum distance between carriages (Lc)
[mm]
350
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
4508
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
4508
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 2,254
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 2,254
Force required to move second carriage
[N]
45
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of carriages
[kg]
Screw support configuration
1
A [mm]
21,34
7,00
No screw support
1
1
L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 306
L tot = L order + 88
Single screw support
31
31
L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 306
L tot = L order + 88
Double screw supports
86
86
L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 306
L tot = L order + 88
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
79
Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guide
Overview
SpeedLine WH
Features
• Can be installed in any orientation
• Stroke up to 2 m
• Acceleration up to 40 m/s2
• Compact
WH40
Parameter
WH40
Profile size (width × height)
[mm]
40 × 40
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
2000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
3,0
[N]
600
Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum
Remarks
no cover band
Page
82
PowerLine WMZ
Features
• Can be installed in any orientation
• Stroke up to 5,5 m
• Speed up to 5 m/s
• Patented plastic cover band
WM80Z
Parameter
WM60Z
WM80Z
Profile size (width × height)
[mm]
60 × 60
80 × 80
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
4000
5500
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
2,5
5,0
[N]
1400
2100
Remarks
-
-
Page
84
86, 88
Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum
Movopart M
Features
• Can be installed in any orientation
• Self-adjusting stainless steel cover band
• Stroke up to 12 m
• Wash down protected versions available.
M75
Parameter
M55
M75
M100
Profile size (width × height)
[mm]
58 × 55
86 × 75
108 × 100
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
7000
12000
12000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
5,0
5,0
5,0
[N]
750
1750
4000
Remarks
-
-
-
Page
90
92
94
Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum
80
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guide
Overview
ForceLine MLSM
Features
• Can be installed in any orientation
• Patented plastic cover band
• High load capabilities
• Low profile height
MLSM80Z
Parameter
MLSM80Z
Profile size (width × height)
[mm]
240 × 85
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
5900
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
5,0
[N]
6400
Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum
Remarks
-
Page
96
WMZ-Series Technical Presentation
Cover band
The patented self-adjusting
cover band protects the interior of the unit
from the penetration of dirt, dust and liquids.
Belt drive
The belt is protected from the
outside ensuring long,
accurate and safe operation.
www.thomsonlinear.com
Central lubrication
One central lubrication point on the carriage
services the entire unit resulting in a
minimum maintenace requirement.
Ball guides
Integrated patented ball guides
with hardened steel tracks for
optimum performance.
81
WH40
» Ordering key - see page 201
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 183
Belt Drive, Ball Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WH40
Input speed [rpm]
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
40 × 40
150
0,1
Type of belt
10 AT 5
900
0,3
none
1800
0,6
Carriage sealing system
Adjustable belt tensioning
Lubrication
the belt can be retensioned
by the customer if necessary
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
Included accessories
Idle torque [Nm]
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
4 × mounting clamps
Performance Specifications
Parameter
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
2000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
3,0
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s ]
40
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,05
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
1800
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
3151
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
450
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
600
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
10
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
30
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
30
[N]
100
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
6
Pulley diameter
[mm]
31,83
Stroke per shaft revolution
[mm]
100
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
1
WH40
2
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information.
Force Fx as a Function of the Speed
Definition of Forces
1,19
0,15
0,28
See diagram Force Fx
82
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WH40
Belt Drive, Ball Guide
A1: depth 10
A2: depth 3
A3: lubricating nipple on both sides
A4: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8
A5: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
Long Carriage
Parameter
WH40
Carriage length
[mm]
210
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
50
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
50
Weight
[kg]
0,43
A1: depth 10
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
[mm]
135
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
900
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
1200
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 0,45
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 0,60
[N]
2
[mm]
Smax + 265 + L A
Force required to move second carriage
Total length (L tot)
1
WH40
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
83
WM60Z
» Ordering key - see page 202
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 183
Belt Drive, Ball Guide, Short Carriage
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WM60Z
Input speed [rpm]
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
60 × 60
150
1,6
Type of belt
20 ATL 5
600
2,5
self-adjusting plastic cover band
1250
3,0
Carriage sealing system
Adjustable belt tensioning
Lubrication
the belt can be retensioned
by the customer if necessary
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
Included accessories
Idle torque [Nm]
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
4 × mounting clamps
Performance Specifications
Parameter
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
4000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
2,5
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s ]
20
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,05
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
1250
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
850
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
1400 1
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
1400
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
25
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
50
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
50
[N]
150
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
17
Pulley diameter
[mm]
38,20
Stroke per shaft revolution
[mm]
120
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
1
WM60Z
2
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information.
Force Fx as a Function of the Speed
Definition of Forces
4,30
0,45
1,25
See diagram Force Fx
84
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WM60Z
Dimensions
Belt Drive, Ball Guide, Short Carriage
A1: depth 15
A2: depth 4
A3: depth 11
A4: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8
Projection
METRIC
A5: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
A6: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature
A7: can be changed over to one of three alternative lubrications points by the customer
Double Short Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
[mm]
255
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
2800
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
2800
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 1,4
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 1,4
[N]
18
[mm]
Smax + 420 + L A
Force required to move second carriage
Total length (L tot)
1
WM60Z
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
85
WM80Z
» Ordering key - see page 202
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 183
Belt Drive, Ball Guide, Standard Carriage
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WM80Z
Input speed [rpm]
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
80 × 80
150
6,5
Type of belt
25 AT 10
450
7,7
self-adjusting plastic cover band
885
9,3
Carriage sealing system
Adjustable belt tensioning
Lubrication
the belt can be retensioned
by the customer if necessary
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
Included accessories
Idle torque [Nm]
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
4 × mounting clamps
Performance Specifications
Parameter
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
5400
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
5,0
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s ]
20
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,05
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
885
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
1470
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
3000 1
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
3000
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
150
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
300
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
300
[N]
600
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
40
Pulley diameter
[mm]
54,11
Stroke per shaft revolution
[mm]
170
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
1
WM80Z
2
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information.
Force Fx as a Function of the Speed
Definition of Forces
11,2
0,8
3,4
See diagram Force Fx
86
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WM80Z
Dimensions
METRIC
Belt Drive, Ball Guide, Standard Carriage
A1: depth 15
A2: depth 2,5
A3: depth 12
A4: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8
Projection
A5: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
A6: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature
A7: can be changed over to one of three alternative lubrications points by the customer
Long Carriage
Parameter
WM80Z
Carriage length
[mm]
450
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
750
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
750
Weight
[kg]
5,1
A1: depth 12 mm
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
[mm]
360
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
6000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
6000
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A1 × 3
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A1 × 3
[N]
25
[mm]
Smax + 590 + L A
Force required to move second carriage
Total length (L tot)
1
WM80Z
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
87
WM80Z
» Ordering key - see page 202
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 183
Belt Drive, Ball Guide, Short Carriage
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WM80Z
Input speed [rpm]
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
80 × 80
150
4,0
Type of belt
25 AT 10
450
5,4
self-adjusting plastic cover band
885
6,2
Carriage sealing system
Adjustable belt tensioning
Lubrication
the belt can be retensioned
by the customer if necessary
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
Included accessories
Idle torque [Nm]
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
4 × mounting clamps
Performance Specifications
Parameter
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
5500
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
5,0
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s ]
20
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,05
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
885
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
1470
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
2100 1
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
2100
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
68
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
135
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
135
[N]
600
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
40
Pulley diameter
[mm]
54,11
Stroke per shaft revolution
[mm]
170
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
1
WM80Z
2
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information.
Force Fx as a Function of the Speed
Definition of Forces
9,2
0,8
2,1
See diagram Force Fx
88
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WM80Z
Dimensions
Belt Drive, Ball Guide, Short Carriage
A1: depth 15
A2: depth 2,5
A3: depth 12
A4: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8
Projection
METRIC
A5: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
A6: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature
A7: can be changed over to one of three alternative lubrications points by the customer
Double Short Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
[mm]
280
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
4200
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
4200
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 2,1
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 2,1
[N]
22,5
[mm]
Smax + 490 + L A
Force required to move second carriage
Total length (L tot)
1
WM80Z
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
89
M55
» Ordering key - see page 202
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 183
Belt Drive, Ball Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
M55
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
58 × 55
Type of belt
Carriage sealing system
Input speed [rpm]
150
22-STD SM5-HP
Single Carriage
Double Carriages
1,0
1,9
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
self-adjusting steel cover band
Adjustable belt tensioning
Lubrication
the belt can be retensioned
by the customer if necessary
Deflection of the Profile
lubrication of ball
guide carriages
Included accessories
none
Performance Specifications
Parameter
M55
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
7000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
5,0
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s ]
40
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,1
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
2850
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 70
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
< 2,5 m/s
> 2,5 m/s
[N]
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
750
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
750
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
5
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
29
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
29
[N]
200
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
12
Pulley diameter
[mm]
33,42
Stroke per shaft revolution
[mm]
105
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
90
2
Definition of Forces
400
200
4,80
0,53
1,20
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
M55
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Belt Drive, Ball Guide
A1: lubrication holes
A2: ø9,5/ø5,5 for socket head cap screw M5
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (Lc)
[mm]
250
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
1125
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
1125
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
Lc × 0,56
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 0,56
[N]
2
Ordering length (L order)
[mm]
Smax + Lc + 320
Total length (L tot]
[mm]
L order + 52
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of carriages
[kg]
Force required to move second carriage
1
M55
1
7,06
2,40
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
91
M75
» Ordering key - see page 202
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 183
Belt Drive, Ball Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
M75 / T75
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
86 × 75
Type of belt
Carriage sealing system
Input speed [rpm]
150
STD5-40
Single Carriage
Double Carriages
1,0
1,9
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
self-adjusting steel cover band
Adjustable belt tensioning
Lubrication
the belt can be retensioned
by the customer if necessary
Deflection of the Profile
lubrication of ball
guide carriages
Included accessories
none
Performance Specifications
Parameter
M75
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
12000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
5,0
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s ]
40
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,1
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
2300
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 70
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
< 2,5 m/s
> 2,5 m/s
[N]
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
1750
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
1750
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
16
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
84
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
84
[N]
600
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
30
Pulley diameter
[mm]
41,38
Stroke per shaft revolution
[mm]
130
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
92
2
Definition of Forces
900
450
7,50
0,88
2,00
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
M75
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Belt Drive, Ball Guide
A1: lubrication holes
A2: ø13,5/ø8,5 for socket head cap screw M8
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (Lc)
[mm]
250
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
2625
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
2625
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 1,313
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 1,313
[N]
2
Ordering length (L order)
[mm]
Smax + Lc + 315
Total length (L tot]
[mm]
L order + 52
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of carriages
[kg]
Force required to move second carriage
1
M75
11,67
4,00
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
93
M100
» Ordering key - see page 202
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 183
Belt Drive, Ball Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
M100
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
108 × 100
Type of belt
STD8-50
Carriage sealing system
Input speed [rpm]
150
Single Carriage
Double Carriages
1,6
3,1
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
self-adjusting steel cover band
Adjustable belt tensioning
Lubrication
the belt can be retensioned
by the customer if necessary
Deflection of the Profile
lubrication of ball
guide carriages
Included accessories
none
Performance Specifications
Parameter
M100
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
12000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
5,0
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s ]
40
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,1
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
1700
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 70
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
< 2,5 m/s
> 2,5 m/s
[N]
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
4000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
4000
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
43
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
280
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
280
[N]
1000
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
45
Pulley diameter
[mm]
56,02
Stroke per shaft revolution
[mm]
176
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
94
2
Definition of Forces
1250
625
11,61
1,43
2,20
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
M100
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Belt Drive, Ball Guide
A1: lubrication hole
A2: lubrication hole (no hole if L order is < 856 mm)
A3: ø17/ø10,5 for socket head cap screw M10
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (Lc)
[mm]
350
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
6000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
6000
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 3
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 3
[N]
2
Ordering length (L order)
[mm]
Smax + Lc + 405
Total length (L tot]
[mm]
L order + 56
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of carriagess
[kg]
Force required to move second carriage
1
M100
18,92
4,40
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
95
MLSM80Z
» Ordering key - see page 204
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 183
Belt Drive, Ball Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
MLSM80Z
Input speed [rpm]
Idle torque [Nm]
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
240 × 85
150
8,5
Type of belt
75 ATL 10
750
12
plastic cover band
1500
14,5
Carriage sealing system
Adjustable belt tensioning
Lubrication
the belt can be retensioned
by the customer if necessary
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
Included accessories
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
4 × mounting clamps
Performance Specifications
Parameter
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
5900
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
5,0
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s ]
20
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,05
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
1500
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
5000 1
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
6400
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
6400
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
600
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
720
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
720
[N]
700
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
150
Pulley diameter
[mm]
63,66
Stroke per shaft revolution
[mm]
200
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
1
MLSM80Z
2
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information.
Force Fx as a Function of the Speed
Definition of Forces
30,8
2,2
9,6
See diagram Force Fx
96
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
MLSM80Z
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Belt Drive, Ball Guide
A1: depth 18
A2: depth 4
A3: depth 15
A4: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8
A5: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
A6: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 M8×1 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature
A7: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer
Long Carriage
Parameter
MLSM80Z
Carriage length
[mm]
500
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
1400
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
1400
Weight
[kg]
14
A1: depth 15
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
[mm]
400
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
12800
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
12800
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 6,4
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 6,4
[N]
35
[mm]
Smax + 600 + L A
Force required to move second carriage
Total length (L tot)
1
MLSM80Z
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
97
Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Slide Guide
Overview
Movopart M
Features
• Can be installed in any orientation
• Patented self-adjusting prism slide guides
• Resistant to shock loads and vibrations
• Low cost
M50
Parameter
M50
Profile size (width × height)
[mm]
50 × 50
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
5000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
5,0
[N]
400
Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum
Remarks
no cover band
Page
100
Movopart M
Features
• Can be installed in any orientation
• Self-adjusting stainless steel cover band
• Patented self-adjusting prism slide guides
• Wash down and enhanced wash down protected versions available
M100
Parameter
M75
M100
Profile size (width × height)
[mm]
58 × 55
86 × 75
108 × 100
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
7000
12000
12000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
5,0
5,0
5,0
[N]
400
1485
3005
-
-
-
102
104
106
Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum
Remarks
Page
98
M55
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Slide Guide
Overview
M-Series Technical Presentation
Cover band
The self-adjusting magnetically
sealed stainless steel cover band
protects the unit from the penetration of dirt, dust and liquids.
Belt drive
The belt runs on the inside of the
profile and can easily be re-tensioned
without removing the load from the
carriage.
www.thomsonlinear.com
Environmental protection
The standard unit can operate in harsh
environments but is also available in wash
down or enhanced wash down protected
versions for the thoughest environments.
Prism slide guides
The patented self aligning prism slide
guides are accurate, durable and
are resistant to vibrations and shock
loads.
99
M50
» Ordering key - see page 205
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 184
Belt Drive, Slide Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
M50
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
50 × 50
Type of belt
Lubrication
Idle torque [Nm]
150
GT 5MR-19
Carriage sealing system
Adjustable belt tensioning
Input speed [rpm]
2,1
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
none
the belt can be retensioned
by the customer if necessary
Deflection of the Profile
lubricated for life
Included accessories
none
Performance Specifications
Parameter
M50
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
5000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
5,0
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s ]
40
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,2
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
2300
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 70
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
< 2,5 m/s
> 2,5 m/s
[N]
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
400
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
400
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
5
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
21
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
21
[N]
350
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
10
Pulley diameter
[mm]
41,38
Stroke per shaft revolution
[mm]
130
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
100
2
Definition of Forces
400
200
0,71
0,96
0,33
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
M50
Belt Drive, Slide Guide
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
A1: depth 8,5
A2: ø6,5 for M6 screw
A3: depth 9, Heli coil
www.thomsonlinear.com
101
M55
» Ordering key - see page 205
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 184
Belt Drive, Slide Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
M55
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
58 × 50
Type of belt
Carriage sealing system
Input speed [rpm]
150
22-STD SM5-HP
Single Carriage
Double Carriages
2,1
3,8
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
self-adjusting steel cover band
Adjustable belt tensioning
Lubrication
the belt can be retensioned
by the customer if necessary
Deflection of the Profile
lubricated for life
Included accessories
none
Performance Specifications
Parameter
M55
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
7000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
5,0
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s ]
40
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,2
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
2850
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 70
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
< 2,5 m/s
> 2,5 m/s
[N]
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
400
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
400
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
9
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
2
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
2
[N]
200
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
7
Pulley diameter
[mm]
33,42
Stroke per shaft revolution
[mm]
105
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
102
2
Definition of Forces
400
200
4,10
0,41
1,10
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
M55
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Belt Drive, Slide Guide
A1: lubrication holes
A2: ø9,5/ø5,5 for socket head cap screw M5
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (Lc)
[mm]
200
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
600
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
600
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 0,3
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 0,3
[N]
35
Ordering length (L order)
[mm]
Smax + Lc + 260
Total length (L tot]
[mm]
L order + 53
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of carriages
[kg]
Force required to move second carriage
1
M55
6,00
2,20
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
103
M75
» Ordering key - see page 205
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 184
Belt Drive, Slide Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
M75
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
86 × 75
Type of belt
Carriage sealing system
Input speed [rpm]
150
STD5-40
Single Carriage
Double Carriages
2,2
4,0
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
self-adjusting steel cover band
Adjustable belt tensioning
Lubrication
the belt can be retensioned
by the customer if necessary
Deflection of the Profile
lubricated for life
Included accessories
none
Performance Specifications
Parameter
M75
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
12000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
5,0
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s ]
40
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,2
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
2300
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 70
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
< 2,5 m/s
> 2,5 m/s
[N]
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
1485
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
1485
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
49
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
85
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
85
[N]
600
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
30
Pulley diameter
[mm]
41,38
Stroke per shaft revolution
[mm]
130
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
104
2
Definition of Forces
900
450
6,30
0,67
1,50
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
M75
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Belt Drive, Slide Guide
A1: lubrication holes
A2: ø13,5/ø8,5 for socket head cap screw M8
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (Lc)
[mm]
250
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
2227
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
2227
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
Lc × 1,114
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 1,114
[N]
40
Ordering length (L order)
[mm]
Smax + Lc + 315
Total length (L tot]
[mm]
L order + 53
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of carriages
[kg]
Force required to move second carriage
1
M75
1
9,50
3,00
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
105
M100
» Ordering key - see page 205
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 184
Belt Drive, Slide Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
M100
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
108 × 100
Type of belt
STD8-50
Carriage sealing system
Input speed [rpm]
150
Single Carriage
Double Carriages
3,8
5,8
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
self-adjusting steel cover band
Adjustable belt tensioning
Lubrication
the belt can be retensioned
by the customer if necessary
Deflection of the Profile
lubricated for life
Included accessories
none
Performance Specifications
Parameter
M100
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
12000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
5,0
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s ]
40
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,2
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
1700
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 70
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
< 2,5 m/s
> 2,5 m/s
[N]
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
3005
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
3005
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
117
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
279
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
279
[N]
1000
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
45
Pulley diameter
[mm]
56,02
Stroke per shaft revolution
[mm]
176
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
106
2
Definition of Forces
1250
625
11,10
1,16
2,40
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
M100
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Belt Drive, Slide Guide
A3: 170 (L order <= 1 m), 270 (L order > 1 m)
A4: 186 (L order < = 1 m), 436 (L order > 1 m)
A1: lubrication holes
A2: ø17/ø10,5 for socket head cap screw M10
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (Lc)
[mm]
350
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
4508
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
4508
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 2,254
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
Lc1 × 2,254
[N]
45
Ordering length (L order)
[mm]
Smax + Lc + 375
Total length (L tot]
[mm]
L order + 56
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of carriages
[kg]
Force required to move second carriage
1
M100
17,40
4,80
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
107
Linear Units with Belt Drive and Wheel Guide
Overview
SpeedLine WH
Features
• Can be installed in any orientation
• Speed up to 11 m/s
• Acceleration up to 40 m/s2
• Stroke up to 11 m
WH80
Parameter
WH50
WH80
WH120
Profile size (width × height)
[mm]
50 × 50
80 × 80
120 × 110
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
3000
11000
11000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
6,5
10,0
10,0
[N]
730
2100
9300
external wheel guides
no cover band
external wheel guides
no cover band
external wheel guides
no cover band
110
112
114
Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum
Remarks
Page
WH-Series Technical Presentation
Belt tensioning
The belt can easily be replaced or re-tensioned
from the outside of the unit without the load being
removed from the carriage.
Wheel guides
The H-type arrangement of the
guides allows fast moves and
high forces and moments.
108
Belt drive
The steel reinforced belt is wear
resistant, highly efficient and very
accurate even at high speeds and loads.
Central lubrication
The guides are lubricated from a
central point that is easy and fast
to access.
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Linear Units with Belt Drive and Wheel Guide
Overview
ForceLine MLSH
Features
• Can be installed in any orientation
• Patented plastic cover band
• Speed up to 10 m/s
• Low profile height
MLSH60Z
Parameter
MLSH60Z
Profile size (width × height)
[mm]
160 × 65
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
5500
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
10,0
[N]
3000
Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum
Remarks
internal wheel guides
Page
116
MLSH-Series Technical Presentation
Belt tensioning
The belt can easily be re-tensioned from
the outside of the unit without the load
being removed from the carriage.
Wheel guides
The robust wheel guides runs
inside of the profile providing
superior motion dynamics.
www.thomsonlinear.com
Belt drive
The highly dynamic and accurate belt is
protected by the cover band ensuring
long and trouble free operation.
Cover band
The patented self-adjusting cover band
protect the interior of the unit from the
penetration of dirt, dust and liquids.
Unique profile
The unique design of the profile
guarantees the highest performance
and protection of the guides and belt.
109
WH50
» Ordering key - see page 205
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 184
Belt Drive, Wheel Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WH50
Input speed [rpm]
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
50 × 50
150
1,7
Type of belt
16ATL5
1500
2,4
none
3250
3,8
Carriage sealing system
Adjustable belt tensioning
the belt can be retensioned
by the customer if necessary
Lubrication
lubrication og guiding surfaces
Included accessories
Idle torque [Nm]
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
4 × mounting clamps
Performance Specifications
Parameter
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
3000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
6,5
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s ]
40
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,05
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3250
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
6701
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
415
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
730
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
16
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
87
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
50
[N]
150
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
17
Pulley diameter
[mm]
38,2
Stroke per shaft revolution
[mm]
120
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
1
WH50
2
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information.
Force Fx as a Function of the Speed
Definition of Forces
3,50
0,44
0,90
See diagram Force Fx
110
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WH50
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Belt Drive, Wheel Guide
A1: depth 10
A2: depth 3
A3: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1
A4: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8
A5: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
Long Carriage
Parameter
WH50
Carriage length
[mm]
400
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
130
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
75
Weight
[kg]
1,47
A1: depth 10
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
[mm]
260
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
830
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
1460
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 0,415
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 0,73
[N]
16
[mm]
Smax + 440 + L A
Force required to move second carriage
Total length (L tot)
1
WH50
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
111
WH80
» Ordering key - see page 205
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 184
Belt Drive, Wheel Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WH80
Input speed [rpm]
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
80 × 80
150
2,4
Type of belt
32ATL10
1500
3,5
none
3000
5,0
Carriage sealing system
Adjustable belt tensioning
the belt can be retensioned
by the customer if necessary
Lubrication
lubrication og guiding surfaces
Included accessories
Idle torque [Nm]
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
4 × mounting clamps
Performance Specifications
Parameter
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
11000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
10,0
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s ]
40
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,05
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
2700 1
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
882
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
2100
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
75
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
230
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
100
[N]
500
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
100
Pulley diameter
[mm]
63,66
Stroke per shaft revolution
[mm]
200
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
1
WH80
2
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information. Units with a profile length over 6300 mm consist of two profiles
where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides.
Force Fx as a Function of the Speed
Definition of Forces
8,63
0,93
2,75
See diagram Force Fx
112
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WH80
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Belt Drive, Wheel Guide
A1: depth 16
A2: depth 2,5
A3: depth 12
A4: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1
A5: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8
A6: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
Long Carriage
Parameter
WH80
Carriage length
[mm]
450
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
345
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
150
Weight
[kg]
3,43
A1: depth 12
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
[mm]
300
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
1764
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
4200
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 0,882
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 2,1
[N]
20
[mm]
Smax + 550 + L A
Force required to move second carriage
Total length (L tot)
1
WH80
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
113
WH120
» Ordering key - see page 205
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 184
Belt Drive, Wheel Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WH120
Input speed [rpm]
Idle torque [Nm]
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
120 × 110
150
4,8
Type of belt
50ATL10
1500
7,0
none
2308
10,0
Carriage sealing system
Adjustable belt tensioning
the belt can be retensioned
by the customer if necessary
Lubrication
lubrication og guiding surfaces
Included accessories
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
4 × mounting clamps
Performance Specifications
Parameter
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
11000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
10,0
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s ]
40
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,05
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
2308
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
5000 1
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
4980
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
9300
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
500
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
930
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
500
[N]
700
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
200
Pulley diameter
[mm]
82,76
Stroke per shaft revolution
[mm]
260
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
1
WH120
2
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information. Units with a profile length over 4900 mm consist of two profiles
where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides.
Force Fx as a Function of the Speed
Definition of Forces
17,00
1,64
5,50
See diagram Force Fx
114
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WH120
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Belt Drive, Wheel Guide
A1: depth 20
A2: depth 7
A3: depth 12
A4: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1
A5: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8
A6: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
Long Carriage
Parameter
WH120
Carriage length
[mm]
520
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
1395
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
750
Weight
[kg]
8,67
A1: depth 12
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
[mm]
300
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
9960
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
18600
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 4,98
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 9,3
[N]
30
[mm]
Smax + 605 + L A
Force required to move second carriage
Total length (L tot)
1
WH120
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
115
MLSH60Z
» Ordering key - see page 207
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 184
Belt Drive, Wheel Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
MLSH60Z
Input speed [rpm]
Idle torque [Nm]
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
160 × 65
150
4,6
Type of belt
32ATL5
1500
9,0
plastic cover band
3000
12,0
Carriage sealing system
Adjustable belt tensioning
the belt can be retensioned
by the customer if necessary
Lubrication
no lubrication required
Included accessories
4 × mounting clamps
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Deflection of the Profile
Performance Specifications
Parameter
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
5500
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
6,5
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s ]
40
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,05
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
1480 1
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
3000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
3000
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
165
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
310
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
310
[N]
200
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
45
Pulley diameter
[mm]
42,97
Stroke per shaft revolution
[mm]
135
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each carriage
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
1
MLSH60Z
2
A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum
load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical
data for more information.
Force Fx as a Function of the Speed
Definition of Forces
12,60
1,33
3,90
See diagram Force Fx
116
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
MLSH60Z
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Belt Drive, Wheel Guide
A1: depth 10
A2: depth 4
A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6x20 8.8
A4: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
Long Carriage
Parameter
MLSH60Z
Carriage length
[mm]
450
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
585
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
585
Weight
[kg]
6
A1: depth 10
Double Carriages
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
[mm]
290
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
6000
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
6000
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A1 × 3
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A1 × 3
[N]
10
[mm]
Smax + 480 + L A
Force required to move second carriage
Total length (L tot)
1
MLSH60Z
Value in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
117
Linear Lifting Units
Overview
SpeedLine WHZ
Features
• Can be installed in any orientation
• Belt drive
• External wheel guides
• Speed up to 10 m/s
• Acceleration up to 40 m/s2
WHZ50
Parameter
WHZ50
WHZ80
Profile size (width × length)
[mm]
50 × 50
80 × 80
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
1500
3000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
6,5
10,0
[N]
670
1480
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
Remarks
Page
118
The load is always attached to the end of the
lifting profile
120
The load is always attached to the end of the
lifting profile
122
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Linear Lifting Units
Overview
Movo Z
Features
• Telescopic movement
• Ball screw drive
• Internal slide guides
• Load up to 7500 N
• Load torque up to 2000 Nm
• Two end stop limit switches (Z2 only)
Z2
Parameter
Z2
Z3
Profile size (width × height)
[mm]
188 × 150
188 × 150
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
1500
1500
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
1,25
1,25
[N]
7500
7500
Can be installed in any direction. The load must
be attached at the end of the lifting profile
Can only be installed vertically with motor up.
The load must be attached at the end of the
lifting profile.
124
126
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
Remarks
Page
www.thomsonlinear.com
119
WHZ50
» Ordering key - see page 208
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 185
Belt Drive, Wheel Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WHZ50
Input speed [rpm]
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
50 × 50
150
1,7
Type of belt
16 ATL 5
1500
2,4
none
3250
3,8
Carriage sealing system
Adjustable belt tensioning
Lubrication
the belt can be retensioned
by the customer if necessary
lubrication of carriage and guide
surfaces
Included accessories
Idle torque [Nm]
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Force Fx as a Function of the Speed
-
Performance Specifications
Parameter
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
1500
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
6,5
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s ]
40
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,05
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3250
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
670 1
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
415
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
730
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
16
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
87
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
50
[N]
150
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
17
Pulley diameter
[mm]
38,2
Stroke per shaft revolution
[mm]
120
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each drive station box
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
1
WHZ50
2
Definition of Forces
4,50
0,42
2,90
See diagram Force Fx
120
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WHZ50
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Belt Drive, Wheel Guide
A1: depth 12
A2: depth 3,5
A3: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1
A4: depth 16
A5: depth 4
A6: depth 8
A7: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
Long Carriage
Parameter
WHZ50
Carriage length
[mm]
400
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
130
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
75
Weight
[kg]
3,3
A1: depth 12
A2: depth 3,5
Double Carriages2
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
260
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
830
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
1460
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 0,415
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 0,73
[N]
16
[mm]
Smax + 350 + L A
Total length (L tot)
1
2
WHZ50
[mm]
Force required to move second carriage
A3: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1
A5: depth 4
Value in mm
Second carriage is always a long carriage
www.thomsonlinear.com
121
WHZ80
» Ordering key - see page 208
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 185
Belt Drive, Wheel Guide
General Specifications
Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WHZ80
Input speed [rpm]
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
80 × 80
150
2,4
Type of belt
32 ATL 5
1500
3,5
none
3000
5,0
Carriage sealing system
Adjustable belt tensioning
Lubrication
the belt can be retensioned
by the customer if necessary
lubrication of carriage and guide
surfaces
Included accessories
Idle torque [Nm]
M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it.
Force Fx as a Function of the Speed
-
Performance Specifications
Parameter
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
3000
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
10,0
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s ]
40
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,05
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
1480 1
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
882
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
2100
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
[Nm]
75
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
230
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
100
[N]
500
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
50
Pulley diameter
[mm]
63,66
Stroke per shaft revolution
[mm]
200
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of each drive station box
[kg]
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
1
WHZ80
2
Definition of Forces
11,20
0,91
6,65
See diagram Force Fx
122
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WHZ80
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Belt Drive, Wheel Guide
A1: depth 20
A2: depth 3,5
A3: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1
A4: depth 4
A5: depth 15
A6: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172)
Long Carriage
Parameter
WHZ80
Carriage length
[mm]
450
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
345
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
150
Weight
[kg]
7,4
Double Carriages
A1: depth 20
A2: depth 3,5
2
Parameter
Minimum distance between carriages (L A)
300
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
1764
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
4200
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 0,882
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
L A 1 × 2,1
[N]
20
[mm]
Smax + 410 + L A
Total length (L tot)
1
2
WHZ80
[mm]
Force required to move second carriage
A3: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1
A4: depth 4
Value in mm
Second carriage is always a long carriage
www.thomsonlinear.com
123
Z2
» Ordering key - see page 208
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 185
Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide
General Specifications
Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
Z2
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
188 × 150
Type of screw
ball screw with single nut
Sealing system
none
Screw supports
none
Lubrication
Input speed [rpm]
d0 = 25 / p = 10 d0 = 25 / p = 25 d0 = 32 / p = 20
500
0,7
1,9
1,5
M idle = the input torque needed to move the lifting profiles without any load.
lubrication of screw and slide
surfaces
Included accessories
Screw diameter/lead [mm]
Critical Speed
none
Performance Specifications
Parameter
Z2
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
1500
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
1,25
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
8
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,1
Input speed, maximum
screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25
screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20
[rpm]
3000
2500
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 70
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25
screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20
[N]
[Nm]
700
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
700
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
330
[N]
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25
screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20
[Nm]
Screw versions, diameter (d0) / lead (p)
[mm]
Weight
of unit with zero stroke, ball screw ø 25 mm
of unit with zero stroke, ball screw ø 32 mm
of every 100 mm of stroke, ball screw ø 25 mm
of every 100 mm of stroke, ball screw ø 32 mm
[kg]
Definition of Forces and Stroke
5000
7500
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25
screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20
1: screw diameter 25 mm
2: screw diameter 32 mm
1000
1200
45
93
25/10, 25/25, 32/20
19,00
23,64
2,50
2,80
** Smax = maximum stroke between the mechanical ends of the unit. The practical stroke
is normally 100 mm shorter to avoid running into the ends of the unit.
124
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Z2
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide
MGZ2K25
screw ø25 mm
A1: depth 9, Heli coil
A2: T-slot
MGZ2K32
screw ø32 mm
A1: depth 12, Heli coil
A2: T-slot
Type of unit
Standard
Elongated*
Minimum retracted length (L min) [mm]
Maximum extended length (L max) [mm]
L min = Smax + 380
L max = L min + Smax
L min = Smax + 380 + Lx
L max = L min + Smax
* Elongated versions have an extra length (Lx) added to the total length of the unit which makes the unit longer but does not add any extra length to the stroke (Smax).
www.thomsonlinear.com
125
Z3
» Ordering key - see page 208
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 185
Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide
General Specifications
Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
Z3
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
188 × 150
Type of screw
ball screw with single nut
Sealing system
none
Screw supports
none
Lubrication
Input speed [rpm]
d0 = 25 / p = 10 d0 = 25 / p = 25 d0 = 32 / p = 20
500
1,1
2,7
2,2
M idle = the input torque needed to move the lifting profiles without any load.
lubrication of screw and slide
surfaces
Included accessories
Screw diameter/lead [mm]
Critical Speed
none
Performance Specifications
Parameter
Z3
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
1500
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
1,25
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
8
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,1
Input speed, maximum
screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25
screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20
[rpm]
3000
2500
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
-20 – 70
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25
screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20
[N]
[Nm]
2000
Dynamic load torque (My), maximum
[Nm]
2000
Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum
[Nm]
330
[N]
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25
screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20
[Nm]
Screw versions, diameter (d0) / lead (p)
[mm]
Weight
of unit with zero stroke, ball screw ø 25 mm
of unit with zero stroke, ball screw ø 32 mm
of every 100 mm of stroke, ball screw ø 25 mm
of every 100 mm of stroke, ball screw ø 32 mm
[kg]
Definition of Forces and Stroke
5000
7500
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25
screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20
1: screw diameter 25 mm
2: screw diameter 32 mm
1000
1200
45
93
25/10, 25/25, 32/20
21,14
22,65
4,20
4,50
** Smax = maximum stroke between the mechanical ends of the unit. The practical stroke
is normally 100 mm shorter to avoid running into the ends of the unit.
126
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Z3
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide
MGZ3K25
screw ø25 mm
A1: depth 9, Heli coil
A2: T-slot
MGZ3K32
screw ø32 mm
A1: depth 12, Heli coil
A2: T-slot
Type of unit
Standard
Elongated*
Minimum retracted length (L min) [mm]
Maximum extended length (L max) [mm]
L min = Smax + 170
L max = L min + Smax
L min = Smax + 170 + Lx
L max = L min + Smax
* Elongated versions have an extra length (Lx) added to the total length of the unit which makes the unit longer but does not add any extra length to the stroke (Smax).
www.thomsonlinear.com
127
Linear Rod Units
Overview
VarioLine WZ
Features
• Can be installed in any orientation
• Ball screw drive
• Ball guides
• Compact
WZ60
Parameter
WZ60
WZ80
Profile size (width × height)
[mm]
60 × 60
80 × 80
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
400
500
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
1,5
1,5
[N]
2800
3500
-
-
130
132
Dynamic carriage load (Fx), maximum
Remarks
Page
128
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Linear Rod Units
Overview
WZ-Series Technical Presentation
High sideloads
The design of the extension tube
allow the unit to handle high
sideloads as well as torsional
forces.
Ball guides
The ball guides ensure smooth
and accurate operation.
Ball screw drive
High quality ball screw drive for
maximum performance.
Compact design
The compact design allow the
unit to be used in equipment
where a linear motion system
with a carriage would not fit.
www.thomsonlinear.com
129
WZ60
» Ordering key - see page 208
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 186
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
General Specifications
Rod Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WZ60
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
60 × 60
Type of screw
Lubrication
Input speed [rpm]
p = 20
p = 50
150
0,7
1,0
1,4
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
1500
1,1
1,6
2,0
3000
1,5
1,8
2,2
4 × mounting clamps
Performance Specifications
Parameter
M idle = the input torque needed to move the rod with no load on it.
Definition of Forces
WZ60
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
400
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
1,5
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
20
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,02
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
2800
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
2000 1
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
2000 1
[Nm]
50 1
[N]
500
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
30
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
20
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 20, 50
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of the rod with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of rod
[kg]
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
1
p=5
single nut ball screw
Included accessories
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
Screw lead [mm]
4,5
0,77
1,8
0,26
Also see diagrams on next page
130
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WZ60
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
A1: depth 13
A2: locking plug for lubricating nipple
A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8
A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 as standard feature
Maximum Rod Side Forces (Fy, Fz)
Torsion (j) of Rod due to Mx
www.thomsonlinear.com
Deflection (f) of Rod due to Fy and Fz
1: Load = 2000 N
2: Load = 1500 N
3: Load = 1000 N
4: Load = 500 N
5: Load = 250 N
6: Load = 125 N
131
WZ80
» Ordering key - see page 208
» Accessories - see page 135
» Additional data - see page 186
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
General Specifications
Rod Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm]
Parameter
WZ80
Profile size (w × h) [mm]
80 × 80
Type of screw
Lubrication
Input speed [rpm]
p = 10
p = 20
p = 50
150
0,6
1,1
1,3
1,8
central lubrication of all parts that
require lubrication
1500
1,1
1,5
1,6
2,2
3000
1,4
1,8
1,8
2,7
4 × mounting clamps
Performance Specifications
Parameter
M idle = the input torque needed to move the rod with no load on it.
Definition of Forces
WZ80
Stroke length (Smax), maximum
[mm]
500
Linear speed, maximum
[m/s]
1,5
Acceleration, maximum
[m/s2]
20
Repeatability
[± mm]
0,02
Input speed, maximum
[rpm]
3000
Operation temperature limits
[°C]
0 – 80
Dynamic load (Fx), maximum
[N]
3500
Dynamic load (Fy), maximum
[N]
3000 1
Dynamic load (Fz), maximum
[N]
3000 1
[Nm]
150 1
[N]
700
Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum
[Nm]
55
Ball screw diameter (d0)
[mm]
25
Ball screw lead (p)
[mm]
5, 10, 20, 50
Weight
of unit with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of stroke
of the rod with zero stroke
of every 100 mm of rod
[kg]
Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum
1
p=5
single nut ball screw
Included accessories
Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum
Screw lead [mm]
7,5
1,35
3,0
0,5
Also see diagrams on next page
132
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
WZ80
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide
A1: depth 13
A2: locking plug for lubricating nipple
A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8
A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 as standard feature
Maximum Rod Side Forces (Fy, Fz)
Torsion (j) of Rod due to Mx
www.thomsonlinear.com
Deflection (f) of Rod due to Fy and Fz
1: Load = 3000 N
2: Load = 2500 N
3: Load = 2000 N
4: Load = 1500 N
5: Load = 1000 N
6: Load = 500 N
7: Load = 250 N
8: Load = 125 N
133
134
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Accessory Index
Mounting Kits.............................................................................................page 136
• Mounting clamps...................................................................... 136
• Mounting clamps for multi axis systems............................... 138
• Mounting plates for multi axis systems................................. 139
• Adapter plates........................................................................... 139
• T-slot bolts and nuts................................................................. 140
Cover and Protection Kits.........................................................................page 141
• Felt pad wipers type FA..............................................................141
• Shaft protection cover................................................................141
• Protective bellows......................................................................142
• Protective shrouds......................................................................143
• Environment protection type S1 and S2...................................144
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits...............................................................page 145
• RediMount™™ Motor Mount System ...................................145
• Bell house flanges for IEC motors..........................................146
• Bell house flanges type MGK..................................................147
• Worm gears type BS40 and TBS40.........................................148
• Belt gears type RT and BGM...................................................152
• Planetary gears type Micron DT and DTR.............................158
• Intermediate shafts type VWZ and DSP................................160
• Brakes......................................................................................... 164
Electrical Feedback Devices.............................................................................page 165
• Limit switch brackets and limit switches............................... 165
• Inductive and magnetic sensors and sensor brackets........ 166
• Encoders.................................................................................... 169
• Limit switch kits type ES........................................................... 170
• Sensor rails and kits type ENT, ENF and ENK....................... 172
• Encoder kits type ADG.............................................................. 174
Non Driven Linear Motion Systems..................................................................page 176
• WH series non driven units........................................................176
• WM series non driven units........................................................178
• M series non driven units...........................................................181
www.thomsonlinear.com
135
Accessories
Mounting Kits
Mounting Clamps (single clamp)
1
Unit type
I
II
III
A
B
C
D
øE
F
øG
H
Screws
Ms [Nm]
WH40
–
890 885 0001
–
54
16
9,5
40
10
5,7
5,5
7
ISO4762-8.8
5,4
WH50
–
890 885 0001
–
54
16
9,5
40
10
5,7
5,5
7
ISO4762-8.8
5,4
WH80 / WB60
–
890 190 02
–
68
17,5
17
50
11
6,5
6,6
7
ISO4762-8.8
9
WH120
–
890 192 13
–
80
25
18
50
15
8,5
9
10
ISO4762-8.8
20
WM40 / WB40
–
890 885 001
–
54
16
9,5
40
10
5,7
5,5
7
ISO4762-8.8
5,4
WM60 / WV60 / WZ60
–
890 190 02
–
68
17,5
17
50
11
6,5
6,6
7
ISO4762-8.8
9
WM80 / WV80 / WZ80
–
890 190 02
–
68
17,5
17
50
11
6,5
6,6
7
ISO4762-8.8
9
WM60Z / WM80Z
–
890 190 02
–
68
17,5
17
50
11
6,5
6,6
7
ISO4762-8.8
9
WM120 / WV120
–
890 192 13
–
80
25
18
50
15
8,5
9
10
ISO4762-8.8
20
MLS60
–
890 190 02
890 192 26
68/120
17,5
17
50
11
6,5
6,6
7
ISO4762-8.8
9
MLS80
–
890 192 13
890 192 31
80/200
25
18
50
15
8,5
9
10
ISO4762-8.8
20
M50 1
D312 248
–
–
25
30
20
–
–
–
6,5
14
ISO4762-8.8
9,4
M55 1
D313 403
D313 402
–
25/56
25,5
10,7
41
9,5
5,3
5,5
10,2 ISO4762-8.8
5,5
M75 1
D312 747
D312 748
–
30/75
28,5
15
60
14
8,5
8,5
11
ISO4762-8.8
23
M100 1
D312 339
D312 334
–
45/92
46,5
22
60
17
10,5
10,5
20
ISO4762-8.8
45
no screws included in the shipment of these clamps
136
Ms = tightening torque of screws
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Mounting Kits
Mounting Clamps with Plate1
Unit type
1
p/n
A
B
C
D
E
øF
øG
H
M50
D312 117
7
20
105
35
30
6,5
11
–
M55
D313 474
8,5
15
100
44
70
8,5
14
44
M75
D312 718
8,5
15
134
44
80
8,5
14
44
M100
D312 317
8,5
20
190
44
100
8,5
14
44
two mounting clamps of version II (see page 136) and screws to connect these to the plate are included in shipment
www.thomsonlinear.com
137
Accessories
Mounting Kits
Mounting Clamps for Multi Axis Systems1
Unit type X-axis
Unit type Y-axis
I
II
A
B
C
D
øE
F
øG
H
WM40 / WH40
on request
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
WM60
890 191 94
–
58
17,5
17
40
11
6,5
6,6
7
M55
M55
D313 424
–
56
25,5
10,7
41
9,5
5,3
5,5
10,2
M55
M75
–
D313 470
5,5
15
134
76
80
5,5
9,5
41
M75
M55
–
D313 060
-
15
134
76
80
M5 × 7,5
-
41
M75
M75
D312 719
–
75
28,5
15
60
14
8,5
8,5
11
M75
M100
–
D313 062
8,5
20
190
106
100
8,5
14
60
M100
M75
–
D313 292
-
20
190
106,5
100
M8 × 12
-
60
M100
M100
D312 304
–
92
46,5
22
60
17
10,5
10,5
20
WM40 / WH40
WM60
1
all necessary screws are included in the shipment
138
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Mounting Kits
Mounting Plates for Multi Axis Systems
Unit type X-axis
Unit type Y-axis
p/n
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
MS33
MS33
MSXYP33-33
30
30
6
9
6
60
120
30
100
M5 x 0,8 - 6H
12,7
MS33
MS25
MSXYP33-25
30
30
5,5
9
6
60
60
42
42
M3 x 0,5 - 6H
12,7
2HB10
MS25
2HXYP10-MS25
70
70
5,5
9
6
100
100
42
42
M3 x 0,5 - 6H
12,7
2HB10
MS33
2HXYP10-MS33
70
70
6
9
6
100
120
30
100
M5 x 0,8 - 6H
12,7
2HB10
2HB10
2HXYP10-10
70
70
5,5
9
6
100
100
35
75
M5 x 0,8 - 6H
12,7
2HB20
2HB10
2HXYP20-10
145
145
10,5
16,5
11
200
200
35
75
M5 x 0,8 - 6H
22
2HB20
2HB20
2HXYP20-10
145
145
10,5
16,5
11
200
200
85
120
M8 x 1,25 - 6H
22
Combinations for other units are available. Plates
to connect X and Z axes are also available for the
Microstage units size MS25 and MS33. Contact
customer support for details.
Adapter Plates
Unit type
I
II
A
B
C
D
E
øF
G
M55
D313 422
D313 423
40
60
20
38
25,5
6,5
37
M75
D312 746
–
40
–
26
-
45
6,5
51
M75
–
D312 745
–
60
-
39
45
7,5
51
M100
D312 338
–
40
–
26
-
69
6,5
62
M100
–
D312 337
–
60
-
39
69
7,5
62
Adapter plates are fitted in the grooves along
the profile and can be used to attach sensors,
switches, cabl ducts etc. to the unit.
www.thomsonlinear.com
139
Accessories
Mounting Kits
T-slot Bolts
Unit type
p/n
øD
H
M50
D312 221
M5
14
Z2
D800 089
M10
28
Z3
D800 089
M10
28
T-slot Nuts
Unit type
p/n
A
B
C
D
øE
F
ZB
D900 151
18
11
1,5
6,3
M6
25
ZB
D900 150
18
11
1,5
6,3
M8
25
MLS60
920 303 0037
16
8
4
6
M6
16
MLS80
920 303 0039
19,5
10
5,5
10,5
M8
20
WH120
911 044 19
15
10
6
12
M8
15
WM120
911 044 19
15
10
6
12
M8
15
2RB12, 2HB10, 2HB20
TNUT-01-M3
7
4
1,75
3
M3
9
2RB16, 2HB10
TNUT-02-M4
9,5
5,5
2,25
4
M4
12
2RB12
TNUT-03-M4
12
7
2,5
5
M4
15
2RB16, 2HB20
TNUT-04-M4
16,5
7,9
4,8
6
M4
16
2RB16, 2HB20
TNUT-04-M5
16,5
7,9
4,8
6
M5
16
2RB16, 2HB20
TNUT-04-M6
16,5
7,9
4,8
6
M6
16
140
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Cover and Protection Kits
FA Felt Pad Wiper
Unit type
Number of carriages on the unit
p/n
X
WH50
1
890 885 0064
6
WH50
2
2 × 890 885 0064
6
WH80
1
890 890 0069
7
WH80
2
2 × 890 890 0069
7
WH120
1
890 895 0058
8
WH120
2
2 × 890 895 0058
8
WHZ50
1
890 885 0064
6
WHZ50
2
2 × 890 885 0064
6
WHZ80
1
890 890 0069
7
WHZ80
2
2 × 890 890 0069
7
The felt pad wipers remove dust and dirt from the guides and are located
on the carriage(s). They may increase the driving torque slightly but do
not reduce the stroke of the unit. The felt pad wipers come mounted
from factory.
Shaft Protection Cover
Unit type
p/n
A
B
M50
D312 201
126
35
M55
D312 201
151
35
M75
D700 178
198
45
M100
D700 178
202
45
The shaft protection cover is used to cover shafts which are not being
used. The covers are fitted by the customer.
www.thomsonlinear.com
141
Accessories
Cover and Protection Kits
Protective Bellows type 2D
Unit type
p/n
H
H1
B
2DB08
BEL-2DB-08
48
34
130
2DB12
BEL-2D-12
61
36,5
152,5
2DB12
BEL-2D-16
73
43
190,5
Bellows protect the unit from dirt and dust. Note that
the bellows option reduces the available stroke of the
unit by 28%. Bellows can be ordered and mounted at the
factory - see ordering key. Bellows can also be ordered
separately and fitted by the customer. In that case, order
two pieces of bellows where the length of each bellows
piece = stroke length of the unit × 0.86.
Protective Bellows type 2H
Unit type
p/n
B
B2
H
H1
H2
H4
2HB10
BEL-2H-10
103
81
26
11
10
0
2HB20
BEL-2H-20
199
167
48
30
15
5
Bellows protect the unit from dirt and dust. Note that
the bellows option reduces the available stroke of the
unit by 28%. Bellows can be ordered and mounted at the
factory - see ordering key. Bellows can also be ordered
separately and fitted by the customer. In that case, order
two pieces of bellows where the length of each bellows
piece = stroke length of the unit × 0.86.
Protective Bellows type 2R
Unit type
p/n
B
B2
H
H1
H2
H3
H4
2RB12
BEL-2R-12
128
75
48
37
29
15
12
2RB16
BEL-2R-16
158
95
52
43
30
15
10
Bellows protect the unit from dirt and dust. Note that
the bellows option reduces the available stroke of the
unit by 28%. Bellows can be ordered and mounted at the
factory - see ordering key. Bellows can also be ordered
separately and fitted by the customer. In that case, order
two pieces of bellows where the length of each bellows
piece = stroke length of the unit × 0.86.
142
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Cover and Protection Kits
Protective Shrouds
Unit type
2HB10
see ordering key of the unit for order or www.linearmotioneering.com
2HB20
see ordering key of the unit for order or www.linearmotioneering.com
The protective shrouds are made of metal and protect
the drive mechanism of the unit from dust and dirt but
leave the guides unprotected. Shrouds do not reduce
the stroke of the unit but they will add 4 mm to the width
of the unit. Shrouds are ordered mounted from factory
and are stated in the ordering key of the unit.
www.thomsonlinear.com
143
Accessories
Cover and Protection Kits
Environment Protection Option Type S1 and S2, compatability table
Unit type
Drive type
Guide type
S1
S2
Ordering
M55
ball screw
slide
•
M55
belt drive
slide
•
ball
•
see ordering key of the unit for order
M75
ball screw
slide
•
see ordering key of the unit for order
M75
belt drive
slide
•
ball
•
see ordering key of the unit for order
M100
ball screw
slide
•
see ordering key of the unit for order
M100
belt drive
slide
•
ball
•
see ordering key of the unit for order
WM60 / WM80 / WM120
ball screw
ball
•
see ordering key of the unit for order
WV60 / WV80 / WV120
ball screw
no guide
•
see ordering key of the unit for order
WH50 / WH80 / WH120
belt drive
wheel
•
WHZ50 / WHZ80
belt drive
wheel
•
see ordering key of the unit for order
•
see ordering key of the unit for order
•
see ordering key of the unit for order
•
see ordering key of the unit for order
•
see ordering key of the unit for order
see ordering key of the unit for order
The S1 and S2 environment protection options can be ordered for
some units. All performance data and the life expectancy are the same
as for standard units except for WH and WHZ units (contact customer
service for more information). S1 can be ordered for both ball screw
and belt driven units with ball, slide or wheel guides while S2 only is
possible for belt driven units with slide or wheel guides. Never use
chemical agents and/or cleaning detergents before contacting your
local Thomson customer service for advise.
S1 - Wash down protection
Typical places where S1 is used are in slaughter houses, dairy plants,
food plants or in any other light wash down application.
S2 - Enhanced wash down protection
Typical places where S2 is used are in moderately wet areas such as in paper
mills, galvanising equipment, food industries or in any other harsh environment
application where enhanced wash down capabilities are required.
Environment Protection Options Type S1 and S2, technical specification
Item
S1
S2
External screws, bolts and nuts
stainless material class A2 or better
stainless material class A4 or better
Internal screws, bolts and nuts
standard material
stainless material class A2 or better
Drive shaft, ball screw driven units
standard material
-
stainless material SS2333 or better
stainless material SS2343 or better
Tension wheel shaft
standard material
stainless material SS2333 or better
Bearings type
standard bearings
2RS
radial sealings
radial sealings
Surface treatment of machined extruded aluminum parts
none
anodising
Surface treatment of machined casted aluminum parts
none
anodising
standard material
stainless material
none
stainless material
Drive shaft, belt driven units
Bearing sealings, belt driven units
Cam rollers and idler shafting (WH and WHZ units)
Belt retainer (WH units)
144
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
RediMount™ Motor Mount System, NEMA compatability table
NEMA size
NEMA 17
NEMA 23
NEMA 34
NEMA 42
505
001
002
003
MS25
x
x
MS33
x
x
Motor code *
MS46
x
x
2HB10
x
x
2HB20
x
2RB12
x
x
2RB16
x
x
2DB08
x (code 523)
x
x
2DB12
x
x
2DB16
x
x
* See ordering keys for details.
Linear motion system motor flange
Shortened ball screw end block
Coupling
The standard NEMA motor mount sizes are listed above
for reference. The Thomson RediMount™ System allows
the linear units to be mounted to a wide variety of motor
manufacturers and sizes. Many of these combinations
can be found at www.linearmotioneering.com. Contact
customer support for other motor sizes and their
corresponding motor code.
Intermediate housing
www.thomsonlinear.com
145
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
Bell House Flanges for IEC Motors
Unit type
IEC63 B14
A
IEC71 B14
A
IEC80 B14
A
IEC90 B14
A
IEC100/112 B14
A
M50
D390 820
64
D390 821
71
–
–
–
–
–
–
M55
D390 820
64
D390 821
71
–
–
–
–
–
–
M75
–
–
D390 823
83
D390 912
101
D390 916
101
–
–
M100 (MG10K)
–
–
D390 823
83
D390 913
101
D390 917
101
–
–
M100 (MG10B)
–
–
D390 823
83
D390 912
101
D390 916
101
–
–
The bell house flange includes a matching coupling. Note! Keep in
mind that heavy motors will need extra support in order not to break the
flange or gear due to the load torque created.
146
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
MGK Bell House Flanges for AKM Servo Motors
Unit type
AKM3 • D-AN
A
AKM4 • D-AN
A
AKM5 • D-AN
A
AKM6 • D-AN
A
AKM7 • D-AN
A
WM40
891 092 1264
71
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
WB40
891 092 1263
63
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
WB60
891 092 1265
75
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
WM60 / WV60 / WZ60
891 092 1109
79
891 092 1262
89
891 092 1261
103
–
–
–
–
WM80 / WV80 / WZ80
D321 759
80
D321 404
91
891 092 1259
101
891 092 1258
117
–
–
WM120 / WV120
–
–
–
–
891 092 0143
113
891 092 1257
121
D321 281
143
MLSM60
–
–
891 092 0909
88
891 092 1260
98
–
–
–
–
MLSM80
–
–
–
–
–
–
891 092 1256
111
891 092 1254
133
M55 (MG06K)
D390 930
73
D389 939
92
–
–
–
–
–
–
M75 (MG07K)
D390 966
83
D390 926
93
D390 909
107
–
–
–
–
M75 (MG07B)
D390 966
83
D390 926
93
D390 909
107
–
–
–
–
M100 (MG10K)
D390 966
83
D390 927
93
D390 910
107
–
–
–
–
M100 (MG10B)
D390 966
83
D390 926
93
D390 909
107
–
–
–
–
The bell house flange includes a matching coupling. Flanges for other
units or motor sizes available on request, contact customer service.
Note! Keep in mind that heavy motors will need extra support in order
not to break the flange or gear due to the load torque created.
www.thomsonlinear.com
147
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
BS40 Worm Gears, dimensions
Gear
A
B
C
D
E
F
BS40
54
40
46
10
100
92
The worm gear includes the gear, the bell
house and a matching coupling.
BS40 Worm Gears, compatability table
Unit
BS40
IEC71B14
Z2 (MGZ2K32)
•
•
Z2 (MGZ2K32)
•
IEC80B14
•
IEC90B14
A
L
17
58
17
68
To be able to install the gear to the unit an adaptor flange must be
used between the gear and the unit. The adaptor flange is ordered
separately.
Adaptor flange
148
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
BS40 Worm Gears, ordering key
Example
1. Type and size of worm gear
BS40 = BS40 worm gear
1
2
3
BS40
-10
-71
6. Motor size
no code = without bell house and coupling
-71 = IEC71B14
-80 = IEC80B14
2. Gear ratio
-3 = 3:1
-5,5 = 5,5:1
-7,5 = 7,5:1
-10 = 10:1
-15 = 15:1
-20 = 20:1
-24 = 24:1
-30 = 30:1
-40 = 40:1
-48 = 48:1
-60 = 60:1
Adaptor flanges for BS40 Worm Gears, part numbers
Unit
Z2 (MGZ2K32)
www.thomsonlinear.com
p/n
D606 250
149
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
TBS40 Worm Gears, dimensions
Gear
A
B
C
D
E
F
øG
H
øI
J
K
TBS40
54
40
46
10
100
125
14j6
45
65
M8 (4×)
25
The worm gear is installed directly to the unit
and requires no intermediate coupling between
the two.
TBS40 Worm Gears, compatability table
Unit
TBS40
IEC71B14
Z2 (MGZ2K25)
•
•
Z2 (MGZ2K25)
•
Z3 (MGZ3K25)
•
Z3 (MGZ3K25)
•
M75
•
M75
•
M100
•
M100
•
IEC80B14
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
A
L
32
58
32
68
32
58
32
68
32
58
32
68
32
58
32
68
To be able to install the gear to the motor a bell house flange must be
used between the gear and the motor. The bell house flange, which
includes a matching coupling, is ordered separately. A shaft cover can
be ordered to cover the second primary shaft on the gear in case it is
not being used.
Bell house flange
Shaft cover
150
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
TBS40 Worm Gears, ordering key
Example
1. Type and size of worm gear
TBS40 = TBS40 worm gear
1
2
3
TBS40
-3
-216
3. Fixed code
-216
2. Gear ratio
-3 = 3:1
-5,5 = 5,5:1
-7,5 = 7,5:1
-10 = 10:1
-15 = 15:1
-20 = 20:1
-24 = 24:1
-30 = 30:1
-40 = 40:1
-48 = 48:1
-60 = 60:1
Bell house flanges for TBS40 Worm Gears, part numbers
Motor size
p/n
IEC71B14
D701 011
IEC80B14
D701 015
Shaft Cover for TBS40 Worm Gears, part numbers
Gear type
TBS40
www.thomsonlinear.com
p/n
D701 020
151
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
RT Belt Gears, dimensions
Gear
A
B
C
D
RT40
110
30
176
68
RT60
175
74
345
170
RT80
175
74
345
170
RT40
RT60/80
RT Belt Gears, data
Gear
i
nmax [rpm]
Mmax [Nm]
M idle [Nm]
h
J [kgm2]
Weight [kg}
RT40
1:1
3000
1,75
0,3
0,80
0,000025
0,62
RT60
1:1
3000
15
0,7
0,85
0,000438
5,6
RT60
2:1
3000
15
0,7
0,85
0,001011
7,1
RT80
1:1
3000
30
0,7
0,85
0,000465
5,5
RT80
2:1
3000
30
0,7
0,85
0,001038
7
i
= gear ratio
M idle = idle torque
nmax
= max. input speed
h
= efficiency factor
J
= inertia
Mmax = max. input torque
152
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
RT Belt Gears, compatability table
Gear
WH40 / WM40
RT40
•
WM60 / WV60 / WZ60 / MLSM60D
RT60
WH80 / WM80 / WV80 / WM120 / WV120 / MLSM60D / MLSM80D
•
RT80
•
RT Belt Gears, ordering key
Example
1
2
3
4
5
RT80
-2
-• • •
-P-N
-05
1. Type and size of belt gear
RT40 = RT belt gear size 40
RT60 = RT belt gear size 60
RT80 = RT belt gear size 80
2. Gear ratio
-1 = 1:1
-2 = 2:1
3. Motor code
- • • • = alphanumeric motor code (e.g. -AK5).
There are several motors that fit each gear
and the list of suitable motors is continiously
being updated. Please contact customer
support for help to see which motors are
currently are on the list or if your prefered
motor can be added to the list.
4. Type of mounting
-P-M = gear supplied mounted to the unit
-P-N = gear supplied unmounted
www.thomsonlinear.com
5. Compatable unit type
-01 = WH40
-02 = WH50
-03 = WH80
-04 = WH120
-05 = WM40
-06 = WM60
-07 = WM80
-08 = WM120
-09 = WV60
-10 = WV80
-11 = WV120
-12 = WHZ50
-13 = WHZ80
-14 = WZ60
-15 = WZ80
-16 = MLSH60Z
-18 = MLSM80Z
-19 = MLSM60D
-20 = MLSM80D
153
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
BGM Belt Gears, dimensions
Gear
A
B
C
D
øE
F
G
H
I
J
BGM09
118,7
52
255
140
20 H9
95
115
60
–
–
BGM41
155,2
70
305
165
25 H9
122
147
70
–
–
BGM81
200
73
399
224
30 H9
134
159
90
90H14
170
The belt gear comes in parts and is
assembled to the unit and motor by
the customer.
BGM09/41/81 - WITHOUT CLEVIS OPTION
BGM09/41/81 - WITH CLEVIS OPTION TYPE S
154
BGM81 - WITH CLEVIS OPTION TYPE R
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
BGM Belt Gears, data
i
nmax [rpm]
Mmax [Nm]
h
J [kgm2]
Weight [kg}
BGM09
1,04:1
4000
4,1
0,85
0,000102
2
BGM09
1,85:1
4000
4,1
0,85
0,000112
2,1
BGM09
2,85:1
4000
4,1
0,85
0,000213
2,5
BGM41
1:1
4000
22,0
0,85
0,000438
3,4
BGM41
2:1
4000
15,8
0,85
0,000342
3,7
BGM41
3:1
4000
16,7
0,85
0,000583
4,6
BGM81
1:1
4000
29,0
0,85
0,000836
12,1
BGM81
2,25:1
4000
32,3
0,85
0,001051
12,9
BGM81
3,13:1
4000
30,3
0,85
0,001439
14
Gear
i
= gear ratio
h
= efficiency factor
nmax
= max. input speed
J
= inertia
Mmax = max. input torque
BGM Belt Gears, compatability table
Gear
WM/V/Z60
BGM09
•
BGM41
•
WM/V80
WM/V120
MLSM80D
•
BGM81
WB60
M50
M55
M75
•
•
•
•
•
•
M100
Z2
•
•
•
BGM Belt Gears, ordering keys
See next page for ordering keys.
www.thomsonlinear.com
155
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
BGM 09 Belt Gears, ordering key
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
BGM09
-2
-CC
063
P
050
X
+XX
7. Clevis option
X = no clevis option
S = clevis option type S
4. Motor size1
063 = IEC 63 B14
071 = IEC 71 B14
S80 = servo motor size 80
AK4 = servo motor type AKM 4
1. Type and size of belt gear
BGM09 = BGM belt gear size 09
2. Gear ratio
-1 = 1,04:1
-2 = 1,85:1
-3 = 2,85:1
8. Protection
+XX = standard
+S1 = wash down protection
5. Type of mounting
P = standard
3. Type of couplings
-CC = conical couplings
This is only a selection of all motors that fit
this gear. Please contact customer support to
see if your prefered motor fits the gear.
1
6. Compatable unit type
W06 = WM60, WV60, WZ60
WB6 = WB60
050 = M50
060 = M55
070 = M75
BGM 41 Belt Gears, ordering key
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
BGM41
-1
-CC
071
P
070
X
+S1
1. Type and size of belt gear
BGM41 = BGM belt gear size 41
2. Gear ratio
-1 = 1:1
-2 = 2:1
-3 = 3:1
3. Type of couplings
-CC = conical couplings
4. Motor size1
071 = IEC 71 B14
080 = IEC 80 B14
S80 = servo motor size 80
S95 = servo motor size 95
AK5 = servo motor type AKM 5
5. Type of mounting
P = standard
6. Compatable unit type
W06 = WM60, WV60, WZ60
W08 = WM80, WV80
070 = M75
10B = M100 (MF/G10B)
10K = M100 (MF/G10K/C/D)
156
7. Clevis option
X = no clevis option
S = clevis option type S
8. Protection
+XX = standard
+S1 = wash down protection
This is only a selection of all motors that fit
this gear. Please contact customer support to
see if your prefered motor fits the gear.
1
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
BGM 81 Belt Gears, ordering key
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
BGM81
-1
-CC
090
P
M8D
X
+XX
1. Type and size of belt gear
BGM81 = BGM belt gear size 81
2. Gear ratio
-1 = 1:1
-2 = 2,25:1
-3 = 3,13:1
3. Type of couplings
-CC = conical couplings
www.thomsonlinear.com
4. Motor size1
090 = IEC 90 B14
100 = IEC 100/121 B14
A20 = servo motor size A200
AK6 = servo motor type AKM 6
7. Clevis option
X = no clevis option
S = clevis option type S
R = clevis option type R
5. Type of mounting
P = standard
8. Protection
+XX = standard
+S1 = wash down protection
6. Compatable unit type
W12 = WM120, WV120
M8D = MLSM80D
This is only a selection of all motors that fit
this gear. Please contact customer support to
see if your prefered motor fits the gear.
1
157
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
Micron DT, DTR Planetary Gears, compatability and dimensions
Unit
WH50
WH80
WH120
WM60Z
WM80Z
Gear
i
A
B
C
D
E
Weight [kg]
Backlash [arc min]
Efficiency [%]
DT60-SS
3:1 - 10:1
89,7
60
–
–
–
1
8
90
DT60-DS
15:1 - 100:1
106,9
60
–
–
–
1,2
9
85
DTR60-SS
5:1 - 50:1
–
–
110,2
104,1
60
2,5
9
90
DTR60-DS
60:1 - 500:1
–
–
127,3
104,1
60
2,7
9
85
DT90-SS
3:1 - 10:1
110,9
90
–
–
–
3
9
90
DT90-DS
15:1 - 100:1
133,5
90
–
–
–
3,7
9
85
DTR90-SS
5:1 - 50:1
–
–
145,4
138,2
90
4,8
9
90
DTR90-DS
60:1 - 500:1
–
–
168,0
138,2
90
5,5
9
85
DT115-SS
3:1 - 10:1
136,4
110
–
–
–
12,7
8
90
DT115-DS
15:1 - 100:1
167,4
110
–
–
–
16,2
9
85
DTR115-SS
5:1 - 50:1
–
–
185,7
173,5
115
11
8
90
DTR115-DS
60:1 - 500:1
–
–
216,7
173,5
115
12
9
85
DT60-SS
3:1 - 10:1
89,7
60
–
–
–
1
8
90
DT60-DS
15:1 - 100:1
106,9
60
–
–
–
1,2
9
85
DTR60-SS
5:1 - 50:1
–
–
110,2
104,1
60
2,5
9
90
DTR60-DS
60:1 - 500:1
–
–
127,3
104,1
60
2,7
9
85
DT90-SS
3:1 - 10:1
110,9
90
–
–
–
3
9
90
DT90-DS
15:1 - 100:1
133,5
90
–
–
–
3,7
9
85
DTR90-SS
5:1 - 50:1
–
–
145,4
138,2
90
4,8
9
90
DTR90-DS
60:1 - 500:1
–
–
168,0
138,2
90
5,5
9
85
i = gear ratio
Micron DT and DTR planetary gears comes mounted on the unit from factory.
DT
Left side
158
DTR
Right side
Position 1
Position 2
Position 3
Position 4
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
Micron DT, DTR Planetary Gears, how to order
When ordering a DT or DTR planetary gear you need to state the size and type of gear, which side of the unit the gear shall be installed, the gear
ratio and which motor that you wish to use. For DTR you also must state the prefered mounting position of the gear. With this information we can
check if your choice of motor is possible or not and give you the correct ordering code for the gear.
Micron DT, ordering data
1. Size of planetary gear
DT60
DT90
DT115
2. Type of gear
-SS
-DS
3. Mounting side of the unit
Left
Right
4. Gear ratio
3:1 (only for -SS models)
5:1 (only for -SS models)
10:1 (only for -SS models)
15:1 (only for -DS models)
25:1 (only for -DS models)
30:1 (only for -DS models)
50:1 (only for -DS models)
100:1 (only for -DS models)
5. Motor
Specify your choice of motor.
Micron DTR, ordering data
1. Type and size of planetary gear
DTR60
DTR90
DTR115
2. Type of gear
-SS
-DS
3. Mounting position of the gear
Position 1
Position 2
Position 3
Position 4
4. Mounting side of the unit
Left
Right
5. Gear ratio
5:1 (only for -SS models)
6:1 (only for -SS models)
9:1 (only for -SS models)
10:1 (only for -SS models)
12:1 (only for -SS models)
15:1 (only for -SS models)
20:1 (only for -SS models)
25:1 (only for -SS models)
30:1 (only for -SS models)
40:1 (only for -SS models)
50:1 (only for -SS models)
60:1 (only for -DS models)
75:1 (only for -DS models)
90:1 (only for -DS models)
100:1 (only for -DS models)
120:1 (only for -DS models)
125:1 (only for -DS models)
150:1 (only for -DS models)
200:1 (only for -DS models)
250:1 (only for -DS models)
300:1 (only for -DS models)
400:1 (only for -DS models)
500:1 (only for -DS models)
6. Motor
Specify your choice of motor.
www.thomsonlinear.com
159
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
VWZ Intermediate Shafts, dimensions
Shaft
øA
B
C
D
øE
F min.
G
VWZ-30
32
15
1,5
34
30
99
M4
VWZ-40
42
17
1,5
46
40
133
M5
VWZ-60
56
30
2
63
60
177
M6
VWZ-60V
67
35
2
73
60
205
M8
VWZ-80
82
40
2
84
80
249
M10
VWZ-100
102
50
2
97
100
283
M12
The VWZ intermediate shafts can be installed in two ways. Either
directly to belt driven units (I) or to screw driven units using KRG
bevel gears (II) of type VL0, VL1 or VL2. The intermediate shaft
includes tube and couplings.
Critical Speed of Shaft
1: VWZ-30
2: VWZ-40
3: VWZ-60 and VWZ-60V
4: VWZ-80
5: VWZ-100
VWZ Intermediate Shafts, data
Mmax [Nm]
Gs [kg/m]
Gc [kg]
Js [kgm2/m]
Jc [kgm2]
Ms [Nm]
VWZ-30
4,8
0,58
0,14
0,00011
0,00001
4
VWZ-40
6,4
0,76
0,36
0,00020
0,00008
8
VWZ-60
22,7
0,97
0,94
0,00080
0,00024
15
VWZ-60V
60,6
0,97
1,42
0,00080
0,00046
35
VWZ-80
122,7
2,00
2,98
0,00300
0,00240
70
VWZ-100
169,7
2,47
4,62
0,00580
0,00600
120
Shaft
160
Mmax = max. shaft torque
Gc
= weight of coupling
Jc
= inertia of coupling
Gs
Js
= inertia of shaft
Ms
= tightening torque
= weight of shaft
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
VWZ Intermediate Shafts, compatability table
Unit
I
II
VWZ-30
VWZ-40
VWZ-60 VWZ-60V VWZ-80 VWZ-100
WH40
•
WH50 / WHZ50
•
•
AA = L + 54
WM60Z
•
•
AA = L + 64
WH80 / WHZ80
•
WH120
•
WM80Z
•
•
AA = L + 84
MLSH60Z
•
•
AA = L + 164
•
AA [mm]
AA = L + 56
•
AA = L + 84
•
WB40 / WM40
VL0
WB60
VL1
•
AA = L + 184
WM60 / WV60 / WZ60
VL1
•
AA = L + 184
WM80 / WV80 / MLSM60D
VL1
MLSM80Z
•
AA = L + 124
AA = L + 170
•
•
WM120 / WV120 / MLSM60D / MLSM80D
VL2
AA = L + 176
•
AA = L + 244
•
AA = L + 244
AA = C/C distance between units
L = total length of shaft and coupling assembly
VWZ Intermediate Shafts, ordering key
Example
1. Intermediate shaft size
VWZ-030 = VWZ-30
VWZ-040 = VWZ-40
VWZ-060 = VWZ-60
VWZ-06V = VWZ-60V
VWZ-080 = VWZ-80
VWZ-100 = VWZ-100
1
2
3
VWZ-060
-02
-0700
2. Type of unit and type of mounting
-01 = WH40 for type I mounting
-02 = WH50 / WHZ50 for type I mounting
-03 = WM80Z for type I mounting
-04 = WH80 / WHZ80 for type I mounting
-05 = WH120 for type I mounting
-06 = WM60Z for type I mounting
-07 = MLSH60Z for type I mounting
-08 = WB40 / WM40 for type II mounting on VLO gears
-09 = WB60 for type II mounting on VL1 gears
-10 = WM60 / WV60 / WZ60 for type II mounting on VL1 gears
-11 = WM80 / WV80 / MLSM60D for type II mounting on VL1 gears
-12 = MLSM80Z for type I mounting
-13 = WM120 / WV120 / MLSM60D / MLSM80D for type II mounting on VL2 gears
3. C/C distance between units (AA)
- • • • • = distance in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
161
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
DSP Intermediate Shafts, data
Shaft
Weight of shaft [kg]
Max. speed [rpm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
DSP-05B
0,3 + 1,3 × Lm
1500
20
DSP-06B
0,3 + 1,3 × Lm
1500
20
DSP-07B
0,6 + 2,6 × Lm
1500
30
DSP-10B
0,6 + 2,6 × Lm
1500
30
DSB--ZB
0,6 + 2,6 × Lm
1500
30
DSP-TBS
0,6 + 2,6 × Lm
1500
30
Lm = C/C distance between units in cm
DSP-05B/06B/07B/10B/-ZB
The DSP intermediate shaft can be installed directly between
two belt driven units or between two screw driven units using a
TBS worm gear. Couplings and tube are included in the shipment.
Support bearings may need to be installed if the critical speed of the
shaft is exceeded. See diagram. Support bearings can be ordered
from your local bearing supplier.
DSP-TBS
Critical Speed of Shaft
1: No support bearing required
2: Support bearing required for DSP-05B and DSP-06B
3: Support bearing always required
162
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
DSP Intermediate Shafts, compatability table
Unit
Drive type
DSP-05B
DSP-06B
DSP-07B
DSP-10B
DSP--ZB
DSP-TBS
M50
belt
M55
belt
M75
belt
M100
belt
ZB
belt
M55
screw
•
M75
screw
•
M100
screw
•
•
•
•
•
•
DSP Intermediate Shafts, ordering key
Example
1
2
DSP-06B
-305
1. Intermediate shaft size and type
DSP-05B = for belt driven M50 units
DSP-06B = for belt driven M55 units
DSP-07B = for belt driven M75 units
DSP-10B = for belt driven M100 units
DSP--ZB = for belt driven ZB units
DSP-TBS = for screw driven M55, M75 or M100 units with TBS worm gear
www.thomsonlinear.com
2. C/C distance between units in cm (Lm)
- • • • = length in cm
163
Accessories
Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
Spring Set Brake
Unit type
1
p/n
Nema Static torque Supply voltage
size
[lbf-in]
[VDC]
Dimensions [in]
F
G
H
J
K
L
HEX
Brake
hub p/n1
Brake
adaptor p/n
MB08-23
2DB08
TEB23A
23
NEMA 23
24
2.25
1.10
0.11
2.25
0.22
2.625
5/8
HEXHUB23A
2DB12
TEB23B
23
NEMA 23
24
2.25
1.10
0.11
2.25
0.22
2.625
5/8
HEXHUB23B none required
2HB10, 2RB12
TEB23D
23
NEMA 23
24
2.25
1.10
0.11
2.25
0.22
2.625
5/8
HEXHUB23D none required
2RB16
TEB23E
23
NEMA 23
24
2.25
1.10
0.11
2.25
0.22
2.625
5/8
HEXHUB23E none required
2DB16
TEB34A
34
NEMA 34
24
2.25
1.10
0.11
3.25
0.22
3.875
5/8
HEXHUB34A none required
2HB20
TEB34C
34
NEMA 34
24
2.25
1.31
0.11
3.25
0.22
3.875
7/8
HEXHUB34A none required
Hub included in spring set brake
Mounts to support end of 2HB, 2RB, and 2DB units. The brake engages
upon loss of power and provides resistance to back drive rotation of
ball screws due to gravitational forces when power is interrupted to
the brake unit. They are pre-burnished for maximum torque capacity
and come with standard NEMA 23, 34 or 42 mounting patterns for easy
field retrofit. Compact size minimizes change to the overall system
envelope. The 2HB, 2RB, and 2DB ordering keys can be configured
with the brake as part of the assembly. See ordering keys or
www.linearmotioneering.com for details. The part numbers listed
here are for the brake parts as seperate items.
Spring Set Brake Hubs
1
Dimensions [in (mm)]
p/n
Unit type
Set screw torque
[in-lb]1
A
B
C
D
E
TEB23A
HEXHUB23A
2DB08
36
1.53
3/16
0.15
#10/32
5/8
TEB23B
HEXHUB23B
2DB12
36
1.31
1/4
0.26
#10/32
5/8
TEB23D
HEXHUB23D
2HB10, 2RB12
36
(20)
(8)
(5)
M4
5/8
TEB23E
HEXHUB23E
2RB16
36
(20)
(20)
(5)
M4
5/8
TEB34A
HEXHUB34A
2DB16
36
1.67
3/8
0.44
#10/32
5/8
TEB34C
HEXHUB34A
2HB20
36
(32)
14
(6)
M5
7/8
Brake type
It is suggested a serviceable thread locking compound be used.
HEXHUB • • •
164
SPLHUB42A
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Electrical Feedback Devices
Limit Switch Brackets1
Unit type
1
I
For limit switch type
II
For limit switch type
M50
D393 035
ZCM-D21
–
–
M55
D313 427
ZCM-D21
D313 428
ZCM-D21
M75
D312 860
XCK-M115
D312 861
XCK-M115
M100
D312 330
XCK-M115
D312 331
XCK-M115
No limit switches included in the shipment.
Limit Switch Brackets for Z3
Unit type
Z3
p/n
For limit switch type
D800 042
XCK-M115
The limit switch brackets are adjustable in height. The limit switches on the brackets are operated
by the maximum extended and maximum retracted end of stroke bars on top of the Z3 units. Two
brackets are required.
Limit Switches
Switch type
p/n
Protection degree
Contacts
Cable
XCK-M115
D535 107
IP67
NO + NC
–
ZCM-D21
D535 102
IP67
NO + NC
1 meter
www.thomsonlinear.com
165
Accessories
Electrical Feedback Devices
Sensor Brackets for Cylindrical Sensors1
Unit type
1
I
For sensor diameter
II
For sensor diameter
M55
D313 429
M12
D313 430
M12
M75
D312 862
M18
D312 863
M18
M100
D312 332
M18
D312 333
M18
no sensors included in the shipment
Cylindrical Inductive Sensors
Sensor type
p/n
Diameter
Input voltage
Max. current
Protection degree
Contacts
Cable
PNP
D535 085
M12
12 - 48 Vdc
0,2 A
IP67
NO
connector
PNP
D535 089
M18
12 - 48 Vdc
0,2 A
IP67
NO
connector
Cylindrical Inductive Sensor Connectors
For sensor diameter
p/n
M12
D535 092
M18
D535 091
166
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Electrical Feedback Devices
Sensor Packages
Unit type
2HB10
2HB20
2RB12
2RB16
1
Package type
p/n
Output
type
Output
operation
Frequency 1
Supply
voltage [VDC]
Cable
length [m]
Sdetract
[mm]
One home
sensor
LSP2HBM10-N-1
NPN
NO
1×V
12 - 24
5
-
LSP2HBM10-P-1
PNP
NO
1×V
12 - 24
5
-
Two limit
switch sensors
LSP2HBM10-N-2
NPN
NC
2×S
12 - 24
5
30
LSP2HBM10-P-2
PNP
NC
2×S
12 - 24
5
30
One home and two
limit switch sensors
LSP2HBM10-N-3
NPN
1 × NC, 2 × NO
1 × V, 2 ×S
12 - 24
5
30
LSP2HBM10-P-3
PNP
1 × NC, 2 × NO
1 × V, 2 ×S
12 - 24
5
30
One home
sensor
LSP2HBM20-N-1
NPN
NO
1×V
12 - 24
5
-
LSP2HBM20-P-1
PNP
NO
1×V
12 - 24
5
-
Two limit
switch sensors
LSP2HBM20-N-2
NPN
NC
2×S
12 - 24
5
30
LSP2HBM20-P-2
PNP
NC
2×S
12 - 24
5
30
One home and two
limit switch sensors
LSP2HBM20-N-3
NPN
1 × NC, 2 × NO
1 × V, 2 ×S
12 - 24
5
30
LSP2HBM20-P-3
PNP
1 × NC, 2 × NO
1 × V, 2 ×S
12 - 24
5
30
One home
sensor
LSP2RM12-N-1
NPN
NO
1×V
12 - 24
5
-
LSP2RM12-P-1
PNP
NO
1×V
12 - 24
5
-
Two limit
switch sensors
LSP2RM12-N-2
NPN
NC
2×S
12 - 24
5
35
LSP2RM12-P-2
PNP
NC
2×S
12 - 24
5
35
Home and limit switch
sensors
LSP2RM12-N-3
NPN
1 × NC, 2 × NO
1 × V, 2 ×S
12 - 24
5
35
LSP2RM12-P-3
PNP
1 × NC, 2 × NO
1 × V, 2 ×S
12 - 24
5
35
One home
sensor
LSP2RM16-N-1
NPN
NO
1×V
12 - 24
5
-
LSP2RM16-P-1
PNP
NO
1×V
12 - 24
5
-
Two limit
switch sensors
LSP2RM16-N-2
NPN
NC
2×S
12 - 24
5
35
LSP2RM16-P-2
PNP
NC
2×S
12 - 24
5
35
One home and two
limit switch sensors
LSP2RM16-N-3
NPN
1 × NC, 2 × NO
1 × V, 2 ×S
12 - 24
5
35
LSP2RM16-P-3
PNP
1 × NC, 2 × NO
1 × V, 2 ×S
12 - 24
5
35
V = varied frequency. S = standard frequency.
LIMIT SWITCH POSITION 2HBE
LIMIT SWITCH POSITION 2RB
www.thomsonlinear.com
Each 2HB and 2RB can be equipped with sensors inside of the profile
where they are protected from mechanical damage. The systems
are provided with access holes on each side of each end plate for
passage of the sensor package cable. Using limit switch sensors will
reduce the effective stroke. The standard position will approximately
reduce the stroke by the distance listed in the Sdetract column. The
2HB, 2RB, 2HE and 2RE ordering keys can be configured with the limit
switches and/or a home sensor as part of the assembly. See ordering
keys or www.linearmotioneering.com for details. The part numbers
listed above are for the limit switches and/or home sensors as a
seperate items.
167
Accessories
Electrical Feedback Devices
EN2 Inductive Sensors, part numbers
Sensor type
Cable length [m]
p/n
Normally closed
2
671 545 0305
Normally open
2
671 545 0304
Normally closed
10
671 545 0307
Normally open
10
671 545 0306
To be able to mount the EN2 inductive sensors on a unit the ENT14x16
sensor rail is required (see page 178) except for units WM120 and WV120
where they can be fitted directly to the profile of the unit.
EN2 Inductive Sensors, data
Parameter
EN2
Supply voltage
[Vdc]
10 – 30
Max. load current
[A]
0,2
Operating distance
[mm)
2
LED indicator for switch
yes
Protection class
IP67
Cable type
screened
Weight
with cable L = 2 m
with cable L= 10 m
[kg]
0,04
0,19
Magnetic Sensors, data
Magnetic Sensors, part numbers
Parameter
Sensor type
suitable units
p/n
Max. power
[W]
10
Normally closed
M50, Z2, Z3
D535 071
Max. voltage
[Vdc]
100
Normally open
M50, Z2, Z3
D535 070
Max. current
[A]
0,5
LED indicator for switch
On M50 the magnetic sensors are mounted directly in the sensor slot of
the profiles of the units and require no mounting bracket while Z2 and
Z3 require magnetic sensor mounting brackets. The sensor is fixed in
position by two M3 size locking screws (A1). The cable (A2) is molded
into the sensor.
no
Protection class
IP67
Cable length
[m]
3
[mm2]
2 × 0,15
Operating temperature limits
[°C]
-25 – 65
Weight
[kg]
0,050
Cable cross section
168
black
black
blue
blue
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Electrical Feedback Devices
IG602 Encoders, data
IG602 Encoders, part numbers
Parameter
Supply voltage
Type 1
Type 2
IG602
[Vdc]
Output type
Type 1
Type 2
5 ±10%
10 – 30
line driver
push-pull
Pulses per revolution
Type 1
Type 2
[ppr]
Length (L)
Type 1
Type 2
[mm]
Weight
Type 1
Type 2
[kg]
100 – 2500
100 – 600
51,5
56,0
0,36
0,36
The IG602 encoders come with mounting screws but no coupling or
connector. To be able to mount the encoder to the unit, the unit must
have a shaft for encoders. See the ordering keys of the units. The
encoders can also be ordered mounted to the unit from factory. See
ADG encoder option kit on page 174.
Encoder type
Supply voltage
[Vdc)
Pulses per
revolution
p/n
Type 1
5
100
671 521 0194
Type 1
5
200
671 521 0195
Type 1
5
500
671 521 0196
Type 1
5
600
671 521 0197
Type 1
5
1000
671 521 0198
Type 1
5
1250
671 521 0199
Type 1
5
1500
671 521 0200
Type 1
5
2000
671 521 0192
Type 1
5
2500
671 521 0201
Type 2
10 – 30
100
671 521 0193
Type 2
10 – 30
200
671 521 0202
Type 2
10 – 30
500
671 521 0203
Type 2
10 – 30
600
671 521 0204
STE001 Encoder Connector, data
Parameter
STE001
Number of poles
12
Protection class
IP67
Execution
jack
Cable entrance
Weight
Part number
straight
[kg]
0,04
6715600153
Encoder Cable, data
Parameter
p/n
5 m cable length
671 555 0068
10 m cable length
671 555 0069
The encoder cables come fitted with a STE001 encoder connector in
one of the ends.
www.thomsonlinear.com
169
Accessories
Electrical Feedback Devices
ES Limit Switch Option Kit
Unit type
I
WH50 1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
•
34
60,5
10
26
49
58,5
196
WH80
•
31
76
10
39
49
78,5
196
WH120
•
34
88
10
51
49
78,5
196
WHZ50
•
34
61
10
26
49
58,5
196
WHZ80
•
31
76
10
39
49
78,5
196
III
WM60
•
40
69
32
38
50
63
200
WM80
•
40
73
32
42
50
79
200
WM120
•
40
89
32
58
50
94
200
WM60Z
•
40
69
32
38
50
73
200
WM80Z 2
•
40
73
32
42
50
99 (89)
200
WV60
•
40
69
32
38
50
33
200
WV80
•
40
73
32
42
50
39
200
WV120
•
40
89
32
58
50
59
200
MLSM60D
•
40
73
32
32
50
79
200
40
73
32
42
50
79
200
MLSH60Z
•
MLSM80D
•
40
85
32
54
50
101
200
MLSM80Z
•
40
85
32
54
50
101
200
30
113
53
–
30
112
84
–
WZ60
1
II
1
•
60
22,5
16
WZ80 1
•
60
22,5
16
limit switches for these units can not be moved. On all other units the switches can be re-positioned by the customer. Value in brackets = for short carriage.
2
The ES limit switch assembly is an option that is
mounted at the factory. The limit switches are
placed 10 mm from the mechanical ends of the unit.
Each limit switch has one NO and one NC contact
with positive opening action. Protection degree is
IP67. Type I and II switches can be repositioned
along the profile by the customer. Note! the ES limit
switch option and any of the sensor rail options
ENT14x16, ENF14x16 or ENK can not be mounted
on the same side of the unit.
170
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Electrical Feedback Devices
ES Limit Switch Option Kit, ordering key
Example
1
2
3
4
ESK07
-L
-01
-10
1. Compatable unit
ESK02 = WH50
ESK03 = WH80
ESK04 = WH120
ESK05 = WM40
ESK06 = WM60 / WM60Z
ESK07 = WM80 / WM80Z
ESK08 = WM120
ESK09 = WV60
ESK10 = WV80
ESK11 = WV120
ESK12 = WHZ50
ESK13 = WHZ80
ESK14 = WZ60
ESK15 = WZ80
ESK16 = MLSH60Z
ESK18 = MLSM80Z
ESK19 = MLSM60D
ESK20 = MLSM80D
www.thomsonlinear.com
2. Mounting side of the unit
-L = left side
-R = right side
3. Switch configuration on side A
-00 = no switch on side A
-01 = switch with 1 m cable
-05 = switch with 5 m cable
-10 = switch with 10 m cable
4. Switch configuration on side B
-00 = no switch on side B
-01 = switch with 1 m cable
-05 = switch with 5 m cable
-10 = switch with 10 m cable
171
Accessories
Electrical Feedback Devices
ENT14x16 Inductive Sensor Rail
Unit type
p/n
WH40 / WH50 / WH80 / WH120 / WHZ50 / WHZ80 / WM40 / WM60 / WM80 / WM60Z / WM80Z / WV60 / WV80 /
MLSM60D / MLSM80D / MLSH60Z / MLSM80Z / WZ60 / WZ80 / WB40 / WB60
671 545 0283
The ENT14x16 inductive sensor rail is mounted to the side of a unit or along any type of beam or profile.
Sensors of type EN2 can be mounted in the rail. The rail can also serve as a cable duct for the sensor cables.
The rail is sealed with a cover which comes with the rail. The rail comes in lengths of max 3000 mm. Drilling
in the profile of the unit is required when mounting the rail. When ordering, specify part number and length
of the rail. Note1! WM120 and WV120 units do not require any rail as the EN2 sensors can be fitted directly to
the profile of the units. Note2! ES limit switch option and ENT14x16 rail can not be mounted on the same side
of the unit.
ENF and ENK Inductive Sensor Rail Option Kit, compatability table
Unit type
ENF / ENK
WH40 / WH50 / WH80 / WH120 / WHZ50 / WHZ80 / WM40 / WM60 / WM80 / WM60Z / WM80Z / WV60 /
WV80 / MLSM60D / MLSM80D / MLSH60Z / MLSM80Z / WZ60 / WZ80 / WB40 / WB60
ENF
ENK
172
•
The ENF and ENK inductive sensor rail option kits
are mounted at the factory. The ENF option consists
of two 500 mm long ENT14x16 sensor rails mounted
in each end of the unit on the left or right side of the
profile. In cases where the unit is too short to allow
two 500 mm sensor rails to be mounted, then one rail
is mounted along the entire profile of the unit. The
ENK option also consists of ENT14 x16 sensor rails
but the ENK option has sensor profiles that run along
the entire profile of the unit. In the shipment of both
ENF and ENK the specified amount and type of EN2
sensors are included. The sensors are fitted to the
sensor rail by the customer at the desired positions.
Note1! WM120 and WV120 units do not require any
ENF or ENK options as the EN2 sensors can be fitted
directly to the profile of the units. Note2! The ES limit
switch option and ENF rail can not be mounted on
the same side of the unit.
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Electrical Feedback Devices
ENK and ENF Inductive Sensor Rail Option Kit, ordering key
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ENK16
-S
-04000
-R
-2
-0
-1
-6
1. Type of rail and compatable unit
ENK01 = ENK rail for WH40
ENK02 = ENK rail for WH50
ENK03 = ENK rail for WH80
ENK04 = ENK rail for WH120
ENK05 = ENK rail for WM40
ENK06 = ENK rail for WM60 / WV60
ENK07 = ENK rail for WM80 / WV80
ENK08 = ENK rail for WM120 / WV120
ENK09 = ENK rail for WM60Z
ENK10 = ENK rail for WM80Z
ENK11 = ENK rail for WHZ50
ENK12 = ENK rail for WHZ80
ENK13 = ENK rail for WZ60
ENK14 = ENK rail for WZ80
ENK15 = ENK rail for MLSH60Z
ENK17 = ENK rail for MLSM80Z
ENK18 = ENK rail for MLSM60D
ENK19 = ENK rail for MLSM80D
ENK20 = ENK rail for WB40
ENK21 = ENK rail for WB60
www.thomsonlinear.com
ENF01 = ENF rail for WH40
ENF02 = ENF rail for WH50
ENF03 = ENF rail for WH80
ENF04 = ENF rail for WH120
ENF05 = ENF rail for WM40
ENF06 = ENF rail for WM60 / WV60
ENF07 = ENF rail for WM80 / WV80
ENF08 = ENF rail for WM120 / WV120
ENF09 = ENF rail for WM60Z
ENF10 = ENF rail for WM80Z
ENF11 = ENF rail for WHZ50
ENF12= ENF rail for WHZ80
ENF13 = ENF rail for WZ60
ENF14 = ENF rail for WZ80
ENF15 = ENF rail for MLSH60Z
ENF17 = ENF rail for MLSM80Z
ENF18 = ENF rail for MLSM60D
ENF19 = ENF rail for MLSM80D
ENF20 = ENF rail for WB40
ENF21 = ENF rail for WB60
2. Number of carriages
-S = single carriage
-D = double carriages
3. Total length of unit (L tot)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
4. Mounting side of the unit
-L = left side
-R = right side
5. Number of EN2 sensors with NC contact and 2 m cable
- • = 0 – 9 sensors / normally closed / 2 m cable
6. Number of EN2 sensors with NO contact and 2 m cable
- • = 0 – 9 sensors / normally open / 2 m cable
7. Number of EN2 sensors with NC contact and 10 m cable
- • = 0 – 9 sensors / normally closed / 10 m cable
8. Number of EN2 sensors with NO contact and 10 m cable
- • = 0 – 9 sensors / normally open / 10 m cable
173
Accessories
Electrical Feedback Devices
ADG Encoder Option Kit
Unit type
Mounting type I
Mounting type II
A
B
øC
D
WH40
•
115
95
58,5
ø60
WH50 / WHZ50
•
120
96
58,5
50 × 50
WH80 / WHZ80
•
139
100
58,5
90 × 90
WH120
•
153
93
58,5
100 × 100
WM40
•
25
95
58,5
–
WM60
•
31
95
58,5
–
WM80
•
40
95
58,5
–
WM120
•
74
95
58,5
–
WM60Z
•
124
94
58,5
60 × 60
WM80Z
•
138
98
58,5
65 × 65
WB40
•
20,8
95
58,5
–
WB60
•
32,5
95
58,5
–
MLSM60D
•
37
95
58,5
–
MLSM80D
•
46
95
58,5
–
MLSH60Z
•
174,5
95
58,5
78 × 59
MLSM80Z
•
214,5
95
58,5
100 × 80
The ADG encoder option kit is an option
that is mounted to the unit at the factory. It
includes an IG602 encoder, a STE001 encoder
connector and an encoder mounting flange
with coupling. Cable can also be supplied in
5 or 10 meter lengths.
174
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Electrical Feedback Devices
ADG Encoder Option Kit, ordering key
Example
1. Compatable unit
ADG-01 = WH40
ADG-02 = WH50 / WHZ50
ADG-03 = WH80 / WHZ80
ADG-04 = WH120
ADG-05 = WM40
ADG-06 = WM60 / WV60
ADG-07 = WM80 / WV80
ADG-08 = WM120 / WV120
ADG-09 = WM60Z
ADG-10 = WM80Z
ADG-11 = MLSH60Z
ADG-13 = MLSM80Z
ADG-14 = MLSM60D
ADG-15 = MLSM80D
ADG-16 = WB40
ADG-17 = WB60
www.thomsonlinear.com
1
2
3
ADG-08
-05-0600
-00
2. Supply voltage and number of pulses
-05-0100 = 5 volts, 100 pulses per revolution
-05-0200 = 5 volts, 200 pulses per revolution
-05-0500 = 5 volts, 500 pulses per revolution
-05-0600 = 5 volts, 600 pulses per revolution
-05-1000 = 5 volts, 1000 pulses per revolution
-05-1250 = 5 volts, 1250 pulses per revolution
-05-2000 = 5 volts, 2000 pulses per revolution
-05-2500 = 5 volts, 2500 pulses per revolution
-24-0100 = 10 - 30 volts, 100 pulses per revolution
-24-0200 = 10 - 30 volts, 200 pulses per revolution
-24-0500 = 10 - 30 volts, 500 pulses per revolution
-24-0600 = 10 - 30 volts, 600 pulses per revolution
3. Cable and connector configuation
-00 = no cable only STE001 encoder connector
-05 = 5 m cable with STE001 encoder connector in one of the ends
-10 = 10 m cable with STE001 encoder connector in one of the ends
175
Accessories
Dimensions
METRIC
Non Driven Linear Motion Systems
WH40N
A1: depth 10
A2: lubricating nipple on both sides DIN3405 D 1/A
WH50N
A1: depth 10
A2: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1
176
Projection
» Ordering key - see page 210
» Technical data - see page 82
A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8
» Ordering key - see page 210
» Technical data - see page 110
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Dimensions
METRIC
Non Driven Linear Motion Systems
WH80N
A1: depth 12
A2: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1
WH120N
A1: depth 12
A2: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1
www.thomsonlinear.com
Projection
» Ordering key - see page 210
» Technical data - see page 112
A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8
» Ordering key - see page 210
» Technical data - see page 114
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8
177
Accessories
Dimensions
METRIC
Non Driven Linear Motion Systems
WM40N
A1: depth 7
A2: lubricating nipple on both sides DIN3405 D 1/A
WM60N
A1: depth 11
A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8
178
Projection
» Ordering key - see page 210
» Technical data - see page 14
A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8
» Ordering key - see page 210
» Technical data - see page 18
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6
A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Dimensions
METRIC
Non Driven Linear Motion Systems
WM60N with Single Short Carriage
A1: depth 11
A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8
WM80N
A1: depth 12
A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8
www.thomsonlinear.com
Projection
» Ordering key - see page 210
» Technical data - see page 20
A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6
A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer
» Ordering key - see page 210
» Technical data - see page 24
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6
A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer
179
Accessories
Dimensions
METRIC
Non Driven Linear Motion Systems
WM80N with Single Short Carriage
A1: depth 12
A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8
WM120N
A1: depth 22
A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8
180
Projection
» Ordering key - see page 210
» Technical data - see page 26
A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6
A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer
» Ordering key - see page 210
» Technical data - see page 34
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 M8×1
A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Accessories
Dimensions
METRIC
Non Driven Linear Motion Systems
M75N
A1: lubrication holes ø6 (MG07N), ø10 (MF07N)
A2: 150 (MG07N), 100 (MF07N)
A3: 24 (MG07N), 43 (MF07N)
M100N
A1: lubrication holes ø6 (MG10N), ø10 (MF10N)
A2: 100 if L order is equal or < 1 m, 200 if L order > 1 m (MG10N), 265 (MF10N)
A3: 34,5 (MG10N), 56,5 (MF10N)
www.thomsonlinear.com
Projection
» Ordering key - see page 211
» Technical data - see page 42
A4: 300 (MG07N), 320 (MF07N)
A5: depth 8 Heli coil
A6: ø13,5 / ø 8,5 for socket head cap screw M8
» Ordering key - see page 211
» Technical data - see page 44
Dimensions
Projection
METRIC
A4: 100 if L order is equal or < 1 m, 350 if L order > 1 m (MG10N)
265 if L order is equal or > 0,7 m, no hole if L order < 0,7 m (MF10N)
A5: depth 10 Heli coil
A6: ø17 / ø 10,5 for socket head cap screw M10
181
Additional Technical Data
Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
Technical Data
Parameter
WM40S
WM40D
WM60D
WM60S
WM60X
WM80D
WM80S
WM120D
10,8 × 104
10,8 × 104
5,8 × 105
5,8 × 105
5,8 × 105
1,85 × 106
1,85 × 106
7,7 × 106
13,4 × 104
13,4 × 104
5,9 × 105
5,9 × 105
5,9 × 105
1,94 × 106
1,94 × 106
9,4 × 106
Friction factor of the
guide system (µ)
0,05
0,05
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
Efficiency of the unit
0,8
0,8
0,8
0,8
0,8
0,8
0,8
0,8
Geometrical moment of
inertia of the profile (ly)
[mm4]
Geometrical moment of
inertia of the profile (lz)
[mm4]
Bending factor (b)
Inertia of ball screw (jsp)
[kgm2/m]
Dynamic load rating of
ball screw (Cx)
05 mm lead
10 mm lead
20 mm lead
40 mm lead
50 mm lead
[N]
Dynamic load rating of
ball guide (Cy)
[N]
Dynamic load rating of
ball guide (Cz)
[N]
Distance between ball
guide carriages (Lx)
[mm]
Distance between ball
guide carriages (Ly)
[mm]
Parameter
Geometrical moment of
inertia of the profile (ly)
[mm4]
Geometrical moment of
inertia of the profile (lz)
[mm4]
Friction factor of the
guide system (µ)
Efficiency of the unit
Bending factor (b)
Inertia of ball screw (jsp)
Dynamic load rating of
ball screw (Cx)
05 mm lead
10 mm lead
20 mm lead
25 mm lead
40 mm lead
50 mm lead
[kgm2/m]
0,0003
0,0003
0,0003
0,0003
0,0003
0,0003
0,0003
1,13 × 10-5
8,46 × 10-5
8,46 × 10-5
8,46 × 10-5
2,25 × 10-4
2,25 × 10-4
6,34 × 10-4
4400
-
4400
-
10500
11600
8400
10500
11600
8400
10500
-
12300
13200
13000
15400
12300
13200
13000
15400
21500
33400
29700
14900
-
2 × 2650
2 × 2650
4 × 11495
2 × 12964
4 × 11495
4 × 14356
2 × 18723
4 × 18723
2 × 3397
2 × 3397
4 × 10581
2 × 11934
4 × 10581
4 × 13739
2 × 17919
4 × 17919
87
136
141,7
-
141,7
154
-
186
-
-
35
35
35
49,75
49,75
80,75
WV60
WV80
WV120
MLSM60D
MLSM80D
5,8 × 105
1,85 × 106
7,7 × 106
1,19 × 106
3,77 × 106
5,9 × 105
1,94 × 106
9,4 × 106
1,08 × 107
4,71 × 107
no guides
no guides
no guides
0,1
0,1
0,8
0,8
0,8
0,8
0,8
0,0003
0,0003
0,0003
0,0003
0,0003
8,46 × 10-5
2,25 × 10-4
6,34 × 10-4
2,25 × 10-4
6,34 × 10-4
10500
11600
8400
12300
13200
13000
15400
21500
33400
29700
14900
-
12300
13200
13000
15400
21500
33400
29700
14900
-
no guides
no guides
no guides
4 × 13770
4 × 17965
no guides
no guides
no guides
4 × 13770
4 × 17965
no guides
no guides
no guides
163
185
no guides
no guides
no guides
105
164
[N]
Dynamic load rating of
ball guide (Cy)
[N]
Dynamic load rating of
ball guide (Cz)
[N]
Distance between ball
guide carriages (Lx)
[mm]
Distance between ball
guide carriages (Ly)
[mm]
182
0,0003
1,13 × 10-5
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Additional Technical Data
Linear Motion Systems with Ball Screw and Slide Guides
Technical Data
Parameter
Geometrical moment of
inertia of the profile (ly)
[mm4]
Geometrical moment of
inertia of the profile (lz)
[mm4]
Friction factor of the
guide system (µ)
Efficiency
ball nut unit
composite nut unit
Bending factor (b)
Inertia of ball screw (jsp)
Dynamic load rating of
ball screw (Cx)
05 mm lead
05,8 mm lead
08 mm lead
10 mm lead
12,7 mm lead
20 mm lead
25 mm lead
32 mm lead
[kgm2/m]
M55
M75
M100
4,27 × 105
1,9 × 106
5,54 × 106
3,4 × 105
1,15 × 106
3,86 × 106
0,15
0,15
0,15
0,8
0,5
0,8
0,5
0,8
0,5
0,0005
0,0005
0,0005
4,1 × 10-5
1,6 × 10-4
2,5 × 10-4
9300
5420
15400
1900
2000
10400
17960
10400
-
12500
20600
11800
-
[N]
Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guides
Technical Data
Parameter
Geometrical moment of
inertia of the profile (ly)
[mm ]
Geometrical moment of
inertia of the profile (lz)
[mm4]
4
Friction factor of the
guide system (µ)
Efficiency of the unit
Bending factor (b)
1
WH40
WM60Z
WM80Z
M55
M75
M100
MLSM80Z
12,6 × 104
5,62 × 105
1,85 × 106
4,59 × 105
1,9 × 106
5,54 × 106
3,77 × 106
15,3 × 104
5,94 × 105
1,94 × 106
3,56 × 105
1,15 × 106
3,86 × 106
4,71 × 107
0,05
0,1
0,1
0,02
0,02
0,02
0,1
0,85
0,85
0,85
0,95
0,95
0,95
0,85
0,0005
0,0005
0,0005
0,0005
0,0005
0,0005
0,0005
Specific mass of belt
[kg/m]
0,032
0,074
0,14
0,09
0,16
0,31
0,517
Inertia of pulleys (Jsyn)
[kgm2]
8,8 × 10-6
2,13 × 10-5
1,12 × 10-4
1,7 × 10-5
6,8 × 10-5
8,5 × 10-5
5,077 × 10-4
2 × 2650
2 × 12964
4 × 18723
(2 × 18723)1
2 × 2717
2 × 8206
2 × 13189
4 × 17965
2 × 3397
2 × 11934
2 × 17919
2 × 3484
2 × 15484
2 × 24885
4 × 17965
72
-
-
78
96
140
185
-
35
49,75
-
-
-
164
Dynamic load rating
of ball guide (Cy)
[N]
Dynamic load rating
of ball guide (Cz)
[N]
Distance between ball
guide carriages (Lx)
[mm]
Distance between ball
guide carriages (Ly)
[mm]
Value in brackets = for short carriage.
www.thomsonlinear.com
183
Additional Technical Data
Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Slide Guides
Technical Data
Parameter
Geometrical moment of
inertia of the profile (ly)
[mm4]
Geometrical moment of
inertia of the profile (lz)
[mm4]
Friction factor of the
guide system (µ)
Efficiency of the unit
Bending factor (b)
M50
M55
M75
M100
2,61 × 105
4,59 × 105
1,9 × 106
5,54 × 106
2,44 × 105
3,56 × 105
1,15 × 106
3,86 × 106
0,15
0,15
0,15
0,15
0,85
0,85
0,85
0,85
0,0005
0,0005
0,0005
0,0005
Specific mass of belt
[kg/m]
0,086
0,09
0,16
0,31
Inertia of pulleys (Jsyn)
[kgm2]
3,1 × 10-5
1,7 × 10-5
6,8 × 10-5
8,5 × 10-5
Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Wheel Guides
Technical Data
Parameter
WH50
WH80
WH120
MLSH60Z
3,3 × 105
1,93 × 106
6,69 × 106
1,29 × 106
2,65 × 105
1,8 × 106
6,88 × 106
1,2 × 107
Friction factor of the
guide system (µ)
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
Efficiency of the unit
0,85
0,85
0,85
0,85
0,0005
Geometrical moment of
inertia of the profile (ly)
[mm ]
Geometrical moment of
inertia of the profile (lz)
[mm4]
4
Bending factor (b)
0,0005
0,0005
0,0005
Specific mass of belt
[kg/m]
0,055
0,21
0,34
Inertia of pulleys (Jsyn)
[kgm ]
1,928 × 10
2.473 × 10
1,004 × 10
4,604× 10-5
-
-
-
4 × 1266
4 × 1270
4 × 3670
4 × 16200
4 × 1266
198
220
180
109
39
65
97
102,5
2
Dynamic load rating
of wheel guide (Cy)
[N]
Dynamic load rating
of wheel guide (Cz)
[N]
Distance between
carriage wheels (Lx)
[mm]
Distance between
carriage wheels (Ly)
[mm]
184
-5
-4
0,119
-3
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Additional Technical Data
Linear Lifting Systems
Technical Data
Parameter
Geometrical moment of
inertia of the profile (lx)
[mm4]
Geometrical moment of
inertia of the profile (ly)
[mm4]
Geometrical moment of
inertia of the profile (lz)
[mm4]
Dynamic load rating of
ball screw (Fx)
[N]
WHZ50
WHZ80
Z2
Z3
-
-
1,87 × 107
1,87 × 107
3,3 × 105
1,93 × 106
2,19 × 107
2,19 × 107
2,65 × 105
1,8 × 106
-
-
belt drive
belt drive
-
-
21248
11182
47200
21248
11182
47200
0,1
0,15
0,15
[N
Dynamic load rating of
ball screw (Fz)
ball screw ø 25 lead 10 mm
ball screw ø 25 lead 25 mm
ball screw ø 32 lead 10 mm
Friction factor of the
guide system (µ)
0,1
0,85
0,85
0,8
0,8
Specific mass of belt
Efficiency of the unit
[kg/m]
0,055
0,119
-
-
Inertia of pulleys (Jsyn)
[kgm ]
6,906 × 10
5,026 × 10
-
-
-
-
2,1 × 10-4
2,6 × 10-4
6,43 × 10-4
2,1 × 10-4
2,6 × 10-4
6,43 × 10-4
-
-
slide guide
slide guide
4 × 1270
4 × 3670
slide guide
slide guide
198
220
-
-
39
65
slide guide
slide guide
-
-
slide guide
slide guide
Inertia of ball screw (jsp)
ball screw ø 25 lead 10
ball screw ø 25 lead 25
ball screw ø 32 lead 10
2
-5
-4
[kgm2/m]
Dynamic load rating
of ball guide (Cx)
[N]
Dynamic load rating
of ball guide (Cy)
[N]
Distance between ball
guide carriages (Lx)
[mm]
Distance between ball
guide carriages (Ly)
[mm]
Distance between ball
guide carriages (Lz)
[mm]
Definition of forces
www.thomsonlinear.com
185
Additional Technical Data
Linear Rod Units
Technical Data
Parameter
Geometrical moment of
inertia of the profile (Iy)
[mm4]
Geometrical moment of
inertia of the profile (lz)
[mm4]
Friction factor of the
guide system (µ)
Efficiency of the unit
Inertia of ball screw (jsp)
05 mm lead
10 mm lead
20 mm lead
25 mm lead
32 mm lead
40 mm lead
50 mm lead
[kgm2/m]
Dynamic load rating of
ball screw (Cx)
05 mm lead
10 mm lead
20 mm lead
25 mm lead
32 mm lead
40 mm lead
50 mm lead
[N]
Dynamic load rating
of ball guide (Cy)
[N]
Dynamic load rating
of ball guide (Cz)
[N]
Distance between ball
guide carriages (Lx)
[mm]
Distance between ball
guide carriages (Ly)
[mm]
Dynamic rating of
the ball bushing
186
[N]
WZ60
WZ80
5,8 × 105
1,85 × 106
5,9 × 105
1,94 × 106
0,1
0,1
0,8
0,8
8,46 × 10-5
8,46 × 10-5
8,46 × 10-5
2,25 × 10-4
2,25 × 10-4
2,25 × 10-4
2,25 × 10-4
10500
11600
8400
12300
13200
13000
15400
2 × 12964
2 × 18723
2 × 11943
2 × 17919
-
-
35
50
8300
13700
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Drive Calculations
Screw Driven Linear Motion Systems
Fx
= feed force [N]
m
= total mass to be moved [kg] 1
g
= acceleration due to gravity [m/s2]
µ
= friction factor specific for each unit
Fa
= acceleration force [N]
m
= mass to be operated [kg]
a
= acceleration [m/s2) 2
P
= required power [kW]
Ma
= required drive moment [Nm]
nmax
= maximum required rotational speed [rpm]
Drive Moment Formulas [Nm]
Ma
= required drive moment [Nm]
Ma = Mload + Mtrans + Mrot + M idle
Mtrans = translational acceleration moment [Nm]
Feed Force Formula [N]
Fx = m × g × µ
Acceleration Force Formula [N]
Fa = m × a
Power Formula [kW]
P = Ma × nmax × 2 × 3,14
60 × 1000
Mload =
Mtrans =
Fx × p
2 × 3,14 ×1000
Fa × p
2 × 3,14 ×1000
Mrot = jsp × 2 × 3,14 × nmax × a × 2
Vmax × 60 × 1000
M idle = see table for unit in question
www.thomsonlinear.com
Mload = moment as a result of various loads [N]
Mrot
= rotational acceleration moment [Nm]
M idle = carriage/rod idle torque [Nm] 3
Fx
= feed force [N]
p
= screw lead [mm]
Fa
= maximum required acceleration force [N]
jsp
= inertia of ball screw per meter [kgm2/m] 4
nmax
= maximum required rotational speed [rpm]
a
=maximum required acceleration [m/s2)
Vmax
= maximum required linear speed [m/s]
1
The total mass is the mass of all masses to be moved (objects to
be moved, carriage(s)/rod, screw).
2
In vertical applications, the mass acceleration must be added to
the acceleration due to gravity g (9,81 m/s2).
3
This value can be found in the carriage idle torque tables for each
linear motion system.
4
This value can be found in the additional technical data tables.
187
Drive Calculations
Belt Driven Linear Motion Systems
Fx
= feed force [N]
m
= total mass to be moved [kg] 1
g
= acceleration due to gravity [m/s2]
µ
= friction factor specific for each unit
Fa
= acceleration force [N]
m
= mass to be operated [kg]
a
= acceleration [m/s2] 2
Power Formula [kW]
P
= required power [kW]
Ma
= required drive moment [Nm]
a × nmax × 2 × 3,14
P= M
60 × 1000
nmax
= maximum required rotational speed [rpm]
Drive Moment Formulas [Nm]
Ma
= required drive moment [Nm]
Ma = Mload + Mtrans + Mrot + M idle
Mtrans = translational acceleration moment [Nm]
Mload = Fx × do
1000 × 2
M idle = carriage/rod idle torque [Nm] 3
Feed Force Formula [N]
Fx = m × g × µ
Acceleration Force Formula [N]
Fa = m × a
Mtrans = Fa × do
1000 × 2
Mrot = Jsyn × 2 × 3,14 × nmax × a
60
Vmax
M idle = see table for unit in question
188
Mload = moment as a result of various loads [N]
Mrot
= rotational acceleration moment [Nm]
Fx
= feed force [N]
do
= pulley diameter [mm] 4
Fa
= maximum required acceleration force [N]
Jsyn
= idle torque of pulleys [kgm2] 5
nmax
= maximum required rotational speed [rpm]
a
= maximum required acceleration [m/s2]
Vmax
= maximum required linear speed [m/s]
1
The total mass is the mass of all masses to be moved (objects to
be moved, carriage(s)/rod, belt).
2
In vertical applications, the mass acceleration must be added to
the acceleration due to gravity g (9,81 m/s2).
3
This value can be found in the carriage idle torque tables.
4
This value can be found in the performance specifications tables
for each linear motion system.
5
This value can be found in the additional technical data tables.
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Deflection Calculations
How to calculate the deflection of the profile
Load Cases
1.
2.
F
3.
F
Lf
F
Lf
Profile supported in both ends.
Profile fixed at both sides.
Lf
Profile supported in both ends.
Profile fixed at one side.
Profile supported in one end.
Profile fixed at one side.
Permissible Profile Deflection Formula [mm]
fh = Lf × b
Lf
= length of profile being bent [mm]
b
= bending factor 1
m’100 = weight of every 100 mm of
stroke [kg/mm]
Load Case 1.
4
3
m’
100 × g × Lf
(m
ext + mc) × g × Lf
+
fmax =
100 × 384 × EAl × Iy
192 × EAl × Iy
mext = external load on carriage [kg]
Load Case 2.
4
fmax = m’100 × g × Lf
+ (mext + mc) × g × Lf
100 × 185 × EAl × Iy
48 × 5 × EAl × Iy
Load Case 3.
fmax = m’100 × g × Lf + (mext + mc) × g × Lf
100 × 8 × EAl × Iy
3 × EAl × Iy
= permissible profile deflection [mm]
fmax = deflection of the profile [mm]
Profile Deflection Formulas [mm]
4
fh
3
mc
= weight of carriage(s) [kg] 2
g
= acceleration due to gravity [m/s2]
Eal
= elastic modulus of aluminium
(70000 N/mm2)
Iy
= geometrical moment of inertia of
the profile in Y direction [mm4] 1
1
This value can be found in the additional
technical data tables.
2
This value can be found in the performance
specifications tables for each unit.
3
Conclusion Formulas
fh > fmax = deflection OK
fh < fmax = deflection not OK, Lf must be shorter
www.thomsonlinear.com
189
Deflection Calculations
Examples of calculations of the profile deflection
Example 1
Example 2
Example 3
Type of linear motion system:
WH80
Type of linear motion system:
M55 (MF06B)
Type of linear motion system:
WM80
Load case:
Case 1 - profile supported in both ends and
fixed at both sides.
Load case:
Case 2 - profile supported in both ends and
fixed at one side.
Load case:
Case 3 - profile supported and fixed at one
end.
Load to be moved by carriage:
mext = 150 kg
Load to be moved by carriage:
mext = 100 kg
Load to be moved by carriage:
mext = 120 kg
Distance between supports:
Lf = 600 mm
Distance between supports:
Lf = 600 mm
Distance between supports:
Lf = 400 mm
Specific unit data:
m’100 = 0,93 kg
mc = 2,75 kg
EAl = 70000 N/mm2
Iy = 1,93 × 106 mm4
b = 0,0005
Specific unit data:
m’100 = 0,53 kg
mc = 1,2 kg
EAl = 70000 N/mm2
Iy = 4,59 × 105 mm4
b = 0,0005
Specific unit data:
m’100 = 1,08 kg
mc = 4,26 kg
EAl = 70000 N/mm2
Iy = 1,85 × 106 mm4
b = 0,0003
Calculated values:
fh = 0,3 mm
fmax = 0,013 mm
Calculated values:
fh = 0,3 mm
fmax = 0,063 mm
Calculated values:
fh = 0,12 mm
fmax = 0,203 mm
Conclusion:
fh > fmax = deflection OK
Conclusion:
fh > fmax = deflection OK
Conclusion:
fh > fmax = deflection not OK
190
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Ordering Keys
Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
WM40S, WM40D, WM60S, WM60D, WM60X, WM80S, WM80D, WM120D
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
WM06D
020
-02545
-03715
A
Z
-0520
S1
1. Type of unit
WM04S = WM40S unit with single ball nut
WM04D = WM40D unit with double ball nuts
WM06S = WM60S unit with single ball nut
WM06D = WM60D unit with double ball nuts
WM06X = WM60X unit with left/right screw
WM08S = WM80S unit with single ball nut
WM08D = WM80D unit with double ball nuts
WM12D = WM120D unit with double ball nuts
2. Screw lead1
005 = 5 mm
010 = 10 mm
020 = 20 mm
040 = 40 mm
050 = 50 mm
6. Type of carriage3
N = single standard carriage
S = single short carriage
L = single long carriage
Z = double standard carriages
Y = double short carriages
M = double long carriages
See below for the definition of shafts.
Single Double
3
7. Distance between double carriages
- 0000 = always for single carriages
- • • • • = distance in mm
See table below for available combinations
of units and carriage types.
Type of unit
WM04S
8. Protection option4
S1 = wash down protection (not available for
WM04 units)
1
3. Maximum stroke (Smax)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
2
Available carriage types
N
WM06S
x
Available screw leads [mm]
WM08S
5. Drive shaft configuration2
A = single shaft without key way
C = single shaft with key way
G = double shafts, first without key way and
second for encoder
I = double shafts, first with key way and
second for encoder
20
40
50
WM04S
x
WM04D
x
WM06S
x
x
x
WM06D
x
x
x
WM06X
x
WM08S
x
x
x
x
WM08D
x
x
x
x
WM12D
x
x
x
M
x
x
WM06X
10
Y
x
x
5
Z
x
WM04D
WM06D
4. Total length of unit (L tot)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
L
x
See table below for available combinations
of units and ball screw leads.
Type of unit
S
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
WM08D
x
x
x
WM12D
x
x
x
Leave position blank if no additional protection is required.
4
x
Note! for ordering of options type EN, ES, KRG, RT, ADG and MGK, see accessory index on page 135.
www.thomsonlinear.com
191
Ordering Keys
Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
WV60, WV80, WV120
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
WV08D
020
-02745
-03295
G
N
-0000
1. Type of unit
WV06D = WV60 unit
WV08D = WV80 unit
WV12D = WV120 unit
2. Ball screw lead
005 = 5 mm
010 = 10 mm
020 = 20 mm
040 = 40 mm
050 = 50 mm
1
3. Maximum stroke (Smax)
- • • • • •= distance in mm
4. Total length of unit (L tot)
- • • • • •= distance in mm
5. Drive shaft configuration2
A = single shaft without key way
C = single shaft with key way
G = double shafts, first without key way and
second for encoder
I = double shafts, first with key way and
second for encoder
1
2
7. Distance between double carriages
- 0000 = always for single carriages
See table below for available combinations
of units and ball screw leads.
Type of unit
6. Type of carriage
N = single standard carriage
8
Available screw leads [mm]
5
WV60
x
WV80
x
WV120
x
10
20
40
50
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
See below for the definition of shafts.
Single Double
8. Protection option3
S1 = wash down protection
Leave position blank if no additional protection is required.
3
Note! for ordering of options type EN, ES, KRG, RT, ADG and MGK, see accessory index on page 135.
192
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Ordering Keys
Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
MLSM60D, MLSM80D
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
MLSM06D
020
-03800
-04645
C
L
-0000
1. Type of unit
MLSM06D = MLSM60 unit
MLSM08D = MLSM80 unit
2. Ball screw lead
005 = 5 mm
010 = 10 mm
020 = 20 mm
040 = 40 mm
050 = 50 mm
6. Carriage configuration
N = single standard carriage
L = single long carriage
Z = double standard carriages
1
See table below for available combinations
of units and ball screw leads.
Type of unit
7. Distance between double carriages
- 0000 = always for single carriages
- • • • • = distance in mm
2
Available screw leads [mm]
5
MLSM06D
x
MLSM08D
x
10
20
40
x
x
x
50
x
x
See below for the definition of shafts.
Single Double
3. Maximum stroke (Smax)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
4. Total length of unit (L tot)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
5. Drive shaft configuration2
A = single shaft without key way
C = single shaft with key way
G = double shafts, first without key way and
second for encoder
I = double shafts, first with key way and
second for encoder
www.thomsonlinear.com
193
Ordering Keys
Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
M55, M75, M100
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
MF07
K057
C
35
S
305
+S1
3. Type of carriages
A = single standard carriage
C = double standard carriages
1. Type of unit
MF06 = M55 unit
MF07 = M75 unit
MF10 = M100 unit
2. Ball screw type, lead and tolerance class
K057 = ball nut, 5 mm, T7
K107 = ball nut, 10 mm, T7
K129 = ball nut, 12,7 mm, T9
K207 = ball nut, 20 mm, T7
K257 = ball nut, 25 mm, T7
2
4. Distance between carriages (Lc)
00 = for all single standard carriage units
• • = distance in cm between carriages
5. Screw supports
X = no screw supports
S = single screw supports
D = double screw supports
6. Ordering length (L order)
• • • = distance in cm
Leave position blank if no additional protection is required.
2
See table below for available combinations of
units and ball screw type, lead and tolerance.
1
Ball
screw
type
Type of unit
M55
M75
M100
K057
x
x
x
K107
x
K129
K207
K257
x
x
x
x
x
7. Protection option1
+S1 = S1 wash down protection
194
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Ordering Keys
Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
2HB10, 2HB20
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
2HB10
HO
N1285
-038
N
001
A
0
A
0
0
1. Type of unit
2HB10 = 2HB10 unit
2HB20 = 2HB20 unit
7. Ball guide rail coating option
A = standard
D = duralloy
2. Ball screw diameter, lead and nut type
GO = 16 mm, 5 mm, preloaded (2HB10 only)
HO = 16 mm, 10 mm, preloaded (2HB10 only)
8. Ball guide carriage coating option
0 = standard
1 = duralloy
LO = 25 mm, 5 mm, preloaded (2HB20 only)
MO = 25 mm, 10 mm, preloaded( 2HB20 only)
NO = 25 mm, 25 mm, preloaded (2HB20 only)
9. Profile cover option
A = none
B = bellows (bellows will reduce stroke length app. 28%)
C = shrouds
3. Ordering length (L)
N • • • • = distance in mm
4. Y-distance
- 038 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of
mounting holes on 2HB10
- 043 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of
mounting holes on 2HB20
- • • • = custom distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of
mounting holes
5. Brake option
N = no brake
B = brake
10. Hardware option
0 = alloy plated
1 = stainless steel
11. Home and end of stroke sensor option
0 = no sensors
1 = home sensor, NPN type
2 = end of stroke sensors, NPN type
3 = home and end of stroke sensors, NPN type
4 = home sensor, PNP type
5 = end of stroke sensors, PNP type
6 = home and end of stroke sensors, PNP type
6. Motor flange ID
001 = NEMA 23
002 = NEMA 34
• • • = consult www.linearmotioneering.com for complete list of
available standard motor flanges
www.thomsonlinear.com
195
Ordering Keys
Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
2RB12, 2RB16
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
2RB16
JO
N1000
-100
N
002
B
0
A
0
0
1. Type of unit
2RB12 = 2RB12 unit
2RB16 = 2RB16 unit
2. Ball screw diameter, lead and nut type
GO = 16 mm, 5 mm, preloaded (2RB12 only)
HO = 16 mm, 10 mm, preloaded (2RB12 only)
IO = 20 mm, 5 mm, preloaded (2RB16 only)
JO = 20 mm, 10 mm, preloaded ( 2RB16 only)
KO = 20 mm, 25 mm, preloaded (2RB16 only)
3. Ordering length (L)
N • • • • = distance in mm
4. Y-distance
- 075 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of
mounting holes on 2RB12
- 100 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of
mounting holes on 2RB16
- • • • = custom distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of
mounting holes
5. Brake option
N = no brake
B = brake
7. Ball guide shaft coating option
A = standard, 60 Case
B = stainless steel (440C)
C = chrome plated
E = armoloy
8. Bearing option
0 = standard
1 = corrosion resistance
9. Profile cover option
A = none
B = bellows (bellows will reduce stroke length app. 28%)
10. Hardware option
0 = alloy plated
1 = stainless steel
11. Home and end of stroke sensor option
0 = no sensors
1 = home sensor, NPN type
2 = end of stroke sensors, NPN type
3 = home and end of stroke sensors, NPN type
4 = home sensor, PNP type
5 = end of stroke sensors, PNP type
6 = home and end of stroke sensors, PNP type
6. Motor flange ID
001 = NEMA 23
002 = NEMA 34
• • • = consult www.linearmotioneering.com for complete list of
available standard motor flanges
196
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Ordering Keys
Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
MS25, MS33
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
MS25
LC
N0300
-056
N
505
A
0
A
0
0
1. Type of unit
MS25 = MS25 unit
MS33 = MS33 unit
2. Lead screw diameter, lead and nut type
LA = 0,25 inch, 0,025 in, preloaded
LB = 0,25 inch, 0,050 in, preloaded
LC = 0,25 inch, 0,062 in, preloaded
LD = 0,25 inch, 0,200 in, preloaded
LE = 0,25 inch, 0,250 in, preloaded
LF = 0,25 inch, 0,500 in, preloaded
LG = 0,25 inch, 1,000 in, preloaded
LH = 0,25 inch, 1,5 mm, preloaded
LI = 0,25 inch, 2,0 mm, preloaded
LJ = 0,25 inch, 3,0 mm, preloaded
3. Ordering length (L)
N • • • • = distance in mm
4. Y-distance
- 056 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of
mounting holes on MS25
- 075 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of
mounting holes on MS33
- • • • = custom distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of
mounting holes
6. Motor flange ID 1
505 = NEMA 17
001 = NEMA 23
• • • = consult www.linearmotioneering.com for complete list of
available standard motor flanges
7. Linear guides shafting option
A = 60 case (1566)
B = stainless steel (440C)
C = chrome plated
E = armoloy
8. Bearing type option
0 = standard
1 = corrosion resistant
9. Profile cover option
A = none
B = bellows (bellows will reduce stroke length app. 28%)
10. Hardware option
0 = alloy plated
1 = stainless steel
11. Home and end of stroke limit switch option
7 = home position limit switch
8 = end of stroke limit switches
5. Brake option
N = no brake
B = brake
www.thomsonlinear.com
197
Ordering Keys
Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
MS46L, MS46B
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
MS46
BB
N0720
-075
N
001
A
0
A
0
0
1. Type of unit
MS46 = MS46 unit
2. Type of screw, diameter, lead and nut type
LK = lead screw, 12 mm, 3 mm, preloaded
LL = lead screw, 12 mm, 10 mm, preloaded
LM = lead screw, 12 mm, 25 mm, preloaded
BP = ball screw, 12 mm, 5 mm, preloaded
BB = ball screw, 12 mm, 5 mm, non-preloaded
BQ= ball screw, 12 mm, 10 mm, preloaded
BR = ball screw, 12 mm,10 mm, non-preloaded
3. Ordering length (L)
N • • • • = distance in mm
6. Motor flange ID
001 = NEMA 23
002 = NEMA 24
• • • = consult www.linearmotioneering.com for complete list of
available standard motor flanges
7. Linear guides shafting option
A = 60 case (1566)
B = stainless steel (440C)
C = chrome plated
E = armoloy
8. Bearing type option
0 = standard
1 = corrosion resistant
4. Y-distance
- 075 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of
mounting hole
- • • • = custom distance in mm
9. Profile cover option
A = none
B = bellows (bellows will reduce stroke length app. 28%)
5. Brake option
N = no brake
B = brake
10. Hardware option
0 = alloy plated
1 = stainless steel
11. Home and end of stroke limit switch option
7 = home position limit switch
8 = end of stroke limit switches
198
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Ordering Keys
Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
2DB08, 2DB12, 2DB16
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
2DB12
FO
N0250
-300
N
002
A
0
A
0
0
1. Type of unit
2DB08 = 2DB08 unit
2DB12 = 2DB12 unit
2DB16 = 2DB16 unit
2. Screw type, diameter, lead and nut type
AO = leadscrew, 0.375 in, 0.100 in, non-preloaded (2DB08 only)
BO = leadscrew, 0.375 in, 0.250 in, non-preloaded (2DB08 only)
CO = leadscrew, 0.375 in, 0.500 in, non-preloaded (2DB08 only)
D0 = leadscrew, 0.375 in, 1.000 in, non-preloaded (2DB08 only)
FO = ballscrew, 0.631 in, 0.200 in, non-preloaded (2DB12 only)
VO = ballscrew, 0.631 in, 0.200 in, preloaded (2DB12 only)
QJ = ballscrew, 0.500 in, 0.500 in, preloaded (2DB12 only)
GO = ballscrew, 0.750 in, 0.200 in, non-preloaded (2DB16 only)
WO = ballscrew, 0.750 in, 0.200 in, preloaded (2DB16 only)
RJ = ballscrew, 0.750 in, 0.500 in, preloaded (2DB16 only)
LJ = ballscrew, 0.631 in, 1.0 in, preloaded (2DB16 only)
DO = ballscrew, 20 mm, 5 mm, preloaded (2DB16 only)
3. Ordering length (L)
N • • • • = distance in inch (e.g. 0250 = 25 inch)
4. Y-distance
- 200 = standard distance in inch between motor end plate to first set of
mounting holes for 2DB08 (e.g. 200 = 2 in)
- 300 = standard distance in inch between motor end plate to first set of
mounting holes for 2DB12 and 2DB16 (e.g. 300 = 3 in)
- • • • = custom distance in inch between motor end plate to first set of
mounting holes
6. Motor flange ID
001 = NEMA 23
002 = NEMA 34
• • • = consult www.linearmotioneering.com for complete list of
available standard motor flanges
7. Ball guide shaft coating option
A = standard, 60 Case
B = stainless steel (440C)
C = chrome plated
E = armoloy
8. Bearing option
0 = standard
1 = corrosion resistance
9. Profile cover option
A = none
B = bellows (bellows will reduce stroke length app. 28%)
10. Hardware option
0 = alloy plated
1 = stainless steel
11. Home and end of stroke sensor option
0 = no sensors
1 = home sensor, NPN type
2 = end of stroke sensors, NPN type
3 = home and end of stroke sensors, NPN type
4 = home sensor, PNP type
5 = end of stroke sensors, PNP type
6 = home and end of stroke sensors, PNP type
5. Brake option
N = no brake
B = brake
www.thomsonlinear.com
199
Ordering Keys
Linear Motion Systems with Ball Screw Drive and Slide Guides
M55, M75, M100
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
MG07
K057
C
35
S
305
+S1
3. Type of carriages
A = single standard carriage
C = double standard carriages
1. Type of unit
MG06 = M55 unit
MG07 = M75 unit
MG10 = M100 unit
2. Ball screw type, lead and tolerance class
K057 = ball nut, 5 mm, T7
K107 = ball nut, 10 mm, T7
K129 = ball nut, 12,7 mm, T9
K207 = ball nut, 20 mm, T7
K257 = ball nut, 25 mm, T7
2
4. Distance between carriages (Lc)
00 = for all single standard carriage units
• • = distance in cm between carriages
5. Screw supports
X = no screw supports
S = single screw supports
D = double screw supports
6. Ordering length (L order)
• • • = distance in cm
Leave position blank if no additional protection is required.
2
See table below for available combinations of
units and ball screw type, lead and tolerance.
1
Ball
screw
type
Type of unit
M55
M75
M100
K057
x
x
x
K107
x
K129
K207
K257
x
x
x
x
x
7. Protection option1
+S1 = S1 wash down protection
200
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Ordering Keys
Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guides
WH40
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
WH04Z100
-01400
-01755
H
L
-0400
1. Type of unit
WH04Z100 = WH40 unit
2. Maximum stroke (Smax)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
3. Total length of unit (L tot)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
4. Drive shaft configuration1
A = shaft on left side without key way
B = shaft on right side without key way
C = shaft on left side with key way
D = shaft on right side with key way
E = shaft on left side without key way and
shaft on right side with key way
F = shaft on left side with key way and
shaft on right side without key way
G = shaft on left side without key way and
shaft on right side for encoder
H = shaft on left side for encoder and
shaft on right side without key way
I = shaft on left side with key way and
shaft on right side for encoder
J = shaft on left side for encoder and
shaft on right side with key way
L = shaft on both sides without key way
M = shaft on both sides with key way
W = hollow shaft on both sides with clamping
unit
5. Carriage configuration
N = single standard carriage
L = single long carriage
Z = double standard carriages
6. Distance between double carriages
- 0000 = always for single carriages
- • • • • = distance in mm
1
See below for the definition of shafts.
Left Right
Both
Note! for ordering of options type EN, ES, KRG, RT, ADG and MGK, see accessory index on page 133.
www.thomsonlinear.com
201
Ordering Keys
Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guides
WM60Z, WM80Z
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
WM08Z170
-02545
-03715
D
L
-0000
1. Type of unit
WM06Z120 = WM60Z unit
WM08Z170 = WM80Z unit
2. Maximum stroke (Smax)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
3. Total length of unit (L tot)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
4. Drive shaft configuration
A = shaft on left side without key way
B = shaft on right side without key way
C = shaft on left side with key way
D = shaft on right side with key way
E = shaft on left side without key way and
shaft on right side with key way
F = shaft on left side with key way and
shaft on right side without key way
G = shaft on left side without key way and
shaft on right side for encoder
H = shaft on left side for encoder and
shaft on right side without key way
I = shaft on left side with key way and
shaft on right side for encoder
J = shaft on left side for encoder and
shaft on right side with key way
L = shaft on both sides without key way
M = shaft on both sides with key way
V = hollow shaft on both sides for Micron
DT/DTR planetary gear option
1
202
5. Carriage configuration2
N = single standard carriage
S = single short carriage
L = single long carriage
Z = double standard carriages
Y = double short carriages
1
See below for the definition of shafts.
Left Right
2
Both
See table below for available combinations
of units and carriage types.
Type of unit
Available carriage types
N
WM06Z
WM08Z
S
L
Z
x
x
x
Y
x
x
x
x
6. Distance between double carriages
- 0000 = always for single carriages
- • • • • = distance in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Ordering Keys
Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guides
M55, M75, M100
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
MF06B105
A
00
X
450
+S1
1. Type of unit
MF06B105 = M55 unit
MF07B130 = M75 unit
MF10B176 = M100 unit
4. Drive shaft configuration
R = shaft on the side as shown in picture
Q = shaft on the side as shown in picture
X = shaft on both sides
2. Type of carriages
A = single standard carriage
C = double standard carriages
5. Ordering length (L order)
• • • = distance in cm
3. Distance between carriages (Lc)
00 = for all single standard carriage units
• • = distance in cm between carriages
www.thomsonlinear.com
R
Q
X
6. Protection option1
+S1 = S1 wash down protection
1
Leave blank if no protection option required.
203
Ordering Keys
Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guides
MLSM80Z
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
MLSM08Z200
-05000
-05570
A
N
-0000
1. Type of unit
MLSM08Z200 = MLSM80 unit
2. Maximum stroke (Smax)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
3. Total length of unit (L tot)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
204
4. Drive shaft configuration1
A = shaft on left side without key way
B = shaft on right side without key way
C = shaft on left side with key way
D = shaft on right side with key way
E = shaft on left side without key way and
shaft on right side with key way
F = shaft on left side with key way and
shaft on right side without key way
G = shaft on left side without key way and
shaft on right side for encoder
H = shaft on left side for encoder and
shaft on right side without key way
I = shaft on left side with key way and
shaft on right side for encoder
J = shaft on left side for encoder and
shaft on right side with key way
L = shaft on both sides without key way
M = shaft on both sides with key way
5. Carriage configuration
N = single standard carriage
L = single long carriage
Z = double standard carriages
6. Distance between double carriages
- 0000 = always for single carriages
- • • • • = distance in mm
1
See below for the definition of shafts.
Left Right
Both
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Ordering Keys
Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Slide Guides
M50
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
MG05B130
A00
R
560
R
3. Drive shaft configuration
R = shaft on the side as shown in picture
Q = shaft on the side as shown in picture
X = shaft on both sides
1. Type of unit
MG05B130 = M50 unit
2. Type of carriage
A00 = single standard carriage
Q
X
4. Ordering length (L order)
• • • = distance in cm
M55, M75, M100
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
MG06B105
A
00
X
450
+S2
1. Type of unit
MG06B105 = M55 unit
MG07B130 = M75 unit
MG10B176 = M100 unit
4. Drive shaft configuration
R = shaft on the side as shown in picture
Q = shaft on the side as shown in picture
X = shaft on both sides
2. Type of carriages
A = single standard carriage
C = double standard carriages
5. Ordering length (L order)
• • • = distance in cm
3. Distance between carriages (Lc)
00 = for all single standard carriage units
• • = distance in cm between carriages
Q
X
6. Protection option1
+S1 = S1 wash down protection
+S2 = S2 enhanced wash down protection
1
www.thomsonlinear.com
R
Leave blank if no protection option required.
205
Ordering Keys
Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Wheel Guides
WH50, WH80, WH120
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
WH08Z200
-02300
-02710
J
L
-0000
S1
1. Type of unit
WH05Z120 = WH50 unit
WH08Z200 = WH80 unit
WH12Z260 = WH120 unit
2. Maximum stroke (Smax)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
3. Total length of unit (L tot)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
4. Drive shaft configuration1
A = shaft on left side without key way
B = shaft on right side without key way
C = shaft on left side with key way
D = shaft on right side with key way
E = shaft on left side without key way and
shaft on right side with key way
F = shaft on left side with key way and
shaft on right side without key way
G = shaft on left side without key way and
shaft on right side for encoder
H = shaft on left side for encoder and
shaft on right side without key way
I = shaft on left side with key way and
shaft on right side for encoder
J = shaft on left side for encoder and
shaft on right side with key way
K = hollow shaft on both sides without
clamping unit
L = shaft on both sides without key way
M = shaft on both sides with key way
V = hollow shaft on both sides for Micron
DT/DTR planetary gear option
W = hollow shaft on both sides with clamping
unit
5. Carriage configuration
N = single standard carriage
L = single long carriage
Z = double standard carriages
6. Distance between double carriages
- 0000 = always for single carriages
- • • • • = distance in mm
1
See below for the definition of shafts.
Left Right
Both
Leave position blank if no additional protection is required.
2
7. Protection option2
S1 = wash down protection
Note! for ordering of options type EN, ES, KRG, RT, ADG and MGK, see accessory index on page 135.
206
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Ordering Keys
Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Wheel Guides
MLSH60Z
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
MLSH06Z135
-04500
-05580
D
Z
-0600
1. Type of unit
MLSH06Z135 = MLSH60 unit
2. Maximum stroke (Smax)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
3. Total length of unit (L tot)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
www.thomsonlinear.com
4. Drive shaft configuration1
A = shaft on left side without key way
B = shaft on right side without key way
C = shaft on left side with key way
D = shaft on right side with key way
E = shaft on left side without key way and
shaft on right side with key way
F = shaft on left side with key way and
shaft on right side without key way
G = shaft on left side without key way and
shaft on right side for encoder
H = shaft on left side for encoder and
shaft on right side without key way
I = shaft on left side with key way and
shaft on right side for encoder
J = shaft on left side for encoder and
shaft on right side with key way
L = shaft on both sides without key way
M = shaft on both sides with key way
5. Carriage configuration
N = single standard carriage
L = single long carriage
Z = double standard carriages
6. Distance between double carriages
- 0000 = always for single carriages
- • • • • = distance in mm
1
See below for the definition of shafts.
Left Right
Both
207
Ordering Keys
Linear Lifting Systems
WHZ50, WHZ80
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
WHZ05Z120
-01000
-01410
A
N
-0000
5. Carriage configuration
N = single standard carriage
L = single long carriage
Z = double standard carriages
4. Drive shaft configuration1
A = shaft on left side without key way
B = shaft on right side without key way
C = shaft on left side with key way
D = shaft on right side with key way
E = shaft on left side without key way and
shaft on right side with key way
F = shaft on left side with key way and
shaft on right side without key way
G = shaft on left side without key way and
shaft on right side for encoder
H = shaft on left side for encoder and
shaft on right side without key way
I = shaft on left side with key way and
shaft on right side for encoder
J = shaft on left side for encoder and
shaft on right side with key way
L = shaft on both sides without key way
M = shaft on both sides with key way
V = hollow shaft on both sides for Micron
DT/DTR planetary gear option
W = hollow shaft on both sides with clamping
unit
1. Type of unit
WHZ05Z120 = WHZ50 unit
WHZ08Z200 = WHZ80 unit
2. Maximum stroke (Smax)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
3. Total length of unit (L tot)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
7
6. Distance between double carriages
- 0000 = always for single carriages
- • • • • = distance in mm
7. Protection option2
S1 = wash down protection
See below for the definition of shafts and up
and down.
1
Left Right
Both
Up
Down
Leave position blank if no additional protection is required.
2
Note! for ordering of options type EN, ES, KRG, RT, ADG and MGK, see accessory index on page 135.
Z2, Z3
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
MGZ3K
25259
-250
450
1. Type of unit
MGZ2K = Z2 unit
MGZ3K = Z3 unit
2. Ball screw diameter, lead and tolerance class
25109 = 25 mm, 10 mm, T9
25259 = 25 mm, 25 mm, T9
32207 = 32 mm, 20 mm, T7
208
3. Minimum retracted length (L min)
- • • • = distance in cm
4. Maximum extended length (L max)
• • • = distance in cm
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Ordering Keys
Linear Rod Units
WZ60, WZ80
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
WZ06S
20
-00350
-00780
C
N
1. Type of unit
WZ06 = WZ60 unit
WZ08 = WZ80 unit
2. Ball screw lead
05 = 5 mm
10 = 10 mm
20 = 20 mm
50 = 50 mm
3. Maximum stroke (Smax)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
4. Total length of unit (L tot)
- • • • • = distance in mm
5. Drive shaft configuration
A = shaft without key way
C = shaft with key way
1
See table below for available combinations
of units and screw leads.
Type of unit
Available screw leads [mm]
5
WZ06
x
WZ08
x
10
x
20
50
x
x
x
x
6. Extension tube configuration
N = standard
Note! for ordering of options type EN, ES, KRG, RT and MGK, see accessory index on page 135.
www.thomsonlinear.com
209
Ordering Keys
Non Driven Linear Motion Systems
WH40N, WH50N, WH80N, WH120N
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
WH04N000
-04500
-04640
K
N
-0000
1. Type of unit
WH04N000 = WH40N unit
WH05N000 = WH50N unit
WH08N000 = WH80N unit
WH12N000 = WH120N unit
5. Carriage configuration
N = single standard carriage
L = single long carriage
Z = double standard carriages
2. Maximum stroke (Smax)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
3. Total length of unit (L tot)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
6. Distance between double carriages
- 0000 = always for single carriages
- • • • • = distance in mm
4. Drive shaft configuration1
K = no shaft
WM40N, WM60N, WM80N, WM120N
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
6
WM08N000
-07010
-07210
K
N
-0000
1. Type of unit
WM04N000 = WM40N unit
WM06N000 = WM60N unit
WM08N000 = WM80N unit
WM12N000 = WM120N unit
2. Maximum stroke (Smax)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
3. Total length of unit (L tot)
- • • • • • = distance in mm
210
4. Drive shaft configuration
K = no shaft
5. Type of carriage1
N = single standard carriage
S = single short carriage
L = single long carriage
Z = double standard carriages
Y = double short carriages
6. Distance between double carriages
- 0000 = always for single carriages
- • • • • = distance in mm
1
See table below for available combinations
of units and carriage types.
Type of unit
Available carriage types
N
S
L
Z
x
x
Y
WM04N000
x
WM06N000
x
x
x
x
x
WM08N000
x
x
x
x
x
WM12N000
x
x
x
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Ordering Keys
Non Driven Linear Motion Systems
M75N, M100N
Your Code
Example
1
2
3
4
5
MG10N000
A
00
X
450
1. Type of unit
MG07N000 = M75N unit with slide guides
MG10N000 = M100N unit with slide guides
MF07N000 = M75N unit with ball guides
MF10N000 = M100N unit with ball guides
4. Screw supports
X = no screw supports
2. Type of carriages
A = single standard carriage
C = double standard carriages
6. Protection option1
+S1 = wash down protection
1
6
Leave blank if no protection option required.
5. Ordering length (L order)
• • • = distance in cm
3. Distance between carriages (Lc)
00 = for all single standard carriage units
• • = distance in cm between carriages
www.thomsonlinear.com
211
Terminology
Basic Linear Motion System Terminology
Screw Driven Unit
Rear Bearing Housing
Double Carriages*
Cover Band
T-slot/mounting groove
Profile
Drive shaft
Front Bearing Housing
Belt Driven Unit
Single Carriage*
Cover Band
Tension Station
Profile
T-slot/mounting groove
Drive shaft
Drive Station
* Both screw and belt driven units can have single or double carriages.
212
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Glossary
A - Belt D
Acceleration
Acceleration is a measure of the rate of speed change going from standstill
(or a lower speed) to a higher speed. Please contact customer service
if your application is critical to which acceleration rate is acceptable or
needed.
Accuracy
There are several types of accuracy and many different factors that will
affect the overall accuracy of a system. Also see “Repeatability”, “Positioning Accuracy”, “Resolution”, “Lead Accuracy” and “Backlash”.
A ball screw is made up of a rotating screw and a moving ball nut.
The ball nut is attached to the carriage of the unit. It does not have a
normal thread, instead balls circulate inside the nut making it work as an
efficient ball bearing that travels along the screw. Ball screws come in
a large variety of leads, diameters and tolerance classes. The tolerance
class (T3, T5, T7 or T9) indicates the lead tolerance of the screw. The
lower the number, the higher the tolerance. High load capability and
high accuracy are typical features of ball screw driven units.
Backlash
Backlash is the stack up of tolerances (play) within the leadscrew/belt
transmission assembly and gearing which creates a dead band when
changing directions. The result is that the motor can rotate some before
any motion can be seen on the carriage when reversing the direction of
the motor rotation. The backlash varies depending of the liner motion
system model.
Ball Guides
A ball guide consists of a ball rail and a ball bushing. The ball rail is made
of hardened steel and runs along the inside of the profile. The ball bushing
is attached to the carriage of the unit and contains balls that roll against
the rail. The balls in the bushing can be recirculating or have fixed ball
positions depending on the type of ball guide. The recirculating type has a
longer life and better load capability while the fixed type typically is much
smaller. Thomson uses three major types of ball guides in its linear motion
systems. Either the compact single rail type with recirculating ball bushing
(A), the stronger double rail type also with recirculating ball bushings (B)
or the fixed ball position ball bushings type (not shown) which require
very little space and are used in the smallest units. Ball guides offer high
accuracy, high loads and medium speed.
Bearing Housing
Screw driven units has two bearing housings, front and rear. The front
bearing housing has a drive shaft while the rear has none. Sometimes
however the rear housing can have an optional output shaft which is used
to connect to an encoder.
Bell House Flange
A bell house flange is used when a motor should be connected directly to
the drive shaft of a linear motion system, i.e when it is direct driven. The
bell house has the bolt pattern of the motor flange in one end and the bolt
pattern of the drive shaft flange in the other while the two shafts are joined
by a coupling. Also see “Direct Drive”.
Belt Drive
A belt drive consists of a toothed belt which is attached to the carriage
of the unit. The belt runs between two pulleys positioned at either end
of the profile. One pulley is attached to the motor via the drive shaft in
the drive station while the other is mounted in a tension station. The
belts are made of plastic reinforced with steel cords. High speeds, long
stroke, low noise and low overall weight are typical features of belt
driven units
A
B
.
Ball Screw Drive
www.thomsonlinear.com
213
Glossary
Belt G - C
Belt Gear
A belt gear consists of a timing belt that runs between two pulley wheels
of different diameters. The difference between the diameters determines
the gear ratio. Belt gears are quiet, have medium accuracy and require
no maintenance but are susceptible to belt breakage under overload
conditions.
cover band tensioning mechanism that eleminates any slack in the
cover band that can occur from temperaure changes, thus improving
the sealing degree and the expected life of the cover band.
Brake
None of the units are equipped with a brake or are self-locking which
means that a vertical unit will drop the carriage/load if no external brake
(such as a brake in the motor, etc.) is applied to the drive shaft.. In the
case of belt driven units care must be taken as the carriage/load will drop
immediately in the case of a belt breakage. This is particularly important in
vertical applications. You also may want to incoorporate a brake in to the
system to ensure fast and secure stops at an emergency stop or a power
failure. In this case the brake should be of the failsafe type, i.e. a brake that
is engaged when power is off and lifted when it is on.
A
Carriage
The carriage is the moving member which travel along the profile of the
unit to which the load is attached. Some units can have multiple carriages
in order to distribute the weight of the load over a greater distance, this will
however reduce the available stroke for a given profile length. There are
also units having the option of short or long carriage. The short can carry
less weight than a standard one but has a slightly longer stroke for a given
profile length while the longer works the other way around. It is possible
to fix the carriage(s) to the foundation and let the profile act as the moving
member if so desired. This is often the case in vertical applications where
you let the profile lift and lower the load.
CE Certificate
Linear motion systems do not need and do therefore not have any CE
certification. All Thomson linear motion systems are however designed
in accordance with the CE regulations and comes with a manufacturers
declaration to prove this. Once the linear motion system is used or made in
to a machine it is the responsability of the end customer to make sure the
entire machine that the linear motion system is a part of is in accordance
with the applicable CE regulations, produce the documents that proves
this and apply a CE mark to the machine.
Cover Band
Cover bands are used on some units to protect them from the ingress
of foreign objects through the opening in the profile where the carriage
runs and can be made of plastic (A) or stainless steel (B). In the case of
plastic the cover band seals the profile by snapping into small grooves
running along the carriage opening. In the case of stainless steel the
cover band seal the profile magnetically using magnet strips mounted on
each side of the carriage opening. Some units also have a self-adjusting
B
Critical Speed
All ball screws have a critical speed where the screw starts to vibrate and
eventually bend or warp the screw . The excact limit is a function of how
long the screw is and the speed. For some units this means that the allowed
maximum speed found in the performance specifications can be higher
than the critical speed when the stroke exceeds a certain distance. In this
case, either the speed must be reduced to the critical speed, the amount
of stroke must be reduced, or you must use the screw support option if the
unit in question allows this. Otherwise you must select another unit that can
manage the speed at that stroke. The critical speed limits can be found in
the “Critical Speed” diagrams on the product pages of the units that this
concern.
Customization
Despite the large range of linear motion systems offered by Thomson you
may not find the exact unit to suit your application. But whatever your
need is, Thomson is ready to help you to customize a unit according to
your requirements. Please contact customer service for more information.
Cycle
One cycle is when the carriage has travelled back and forth over the
complete stroke of the unit one time.
214
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Glossary
D-E
Deceleration
Double Carriages
Deceleration is a measure of the rate of speed change going from a higher
speed to a lower speed (or standstill). Please contact customer service
if your application is critical to which deceleration rate is acceptable or
needed.
Double carriage units have two carriages which gives them higher load
capabilites than single carriage units. When ordering a double carriage
unit the distance between the two carriages needs to be defined. This
distance is called La or Lc depending on the model.
Definition of Forces
The designations of the forces that acts on the unit are defined on the
product page of each unit in the “Definition of Forcs” drawing (see example
below). Please always use the same definitions whenever communicating
with Thomson.
Drive Shaft
Deflection of the Profile
Some units require support along the whole profile whilst some are
self supporting over a specified span. Further details can be found on
the product data pages. The recommended support intervals should
be followed to minimise deflection of the unit. The maximum distance
between the support points is shown on the product data pages. The
deflection of the unit can also be calculated using the information in the
“Additional data and calculations” section.
Direct Drive
Direct drive means that there is no gearing between the motor and the
drive shaft of the linear motion system. Instead the motor is connected to
the unit directly via a coupling and an bell house adapter flange. Also see
“Bell House Flange”.
Double Ball Nuts
Using double ball nuts will increase the repeatability of the unit. The
ball nuts are installed so that they are pre-tensioned against each other
eleminating the play between the nuts and the screw. A double nut unit
will have a slightly shorter stroke for a given overall length.
The drive shaft is the is the shaft to which the motor is connected, either
directly, via a bell house flange or via a gear box. There are many sizes
and types of drive shafts, such as shafts with or without key way or hollow
shafts, depending on the type and size of the unit. Belt driven units can
often have two drive shafts (same or different type and size), one on each
side of the drive station, while screw driven only have on pointing out of
the end of the unit. Customized drive shafts are possible, please contact
customer service for more information.
Drive Station
The drive station is the mechanical assembly in one of the ends of a belt
driven unit where the drive shaft is situated.
Duty Cycle
All units are designed for a 100% duty cycle. However, where the unit
runs at extreme load, speed, acceleration and temperature or for long
operating periods the expected life time may be reduced.
Encoder Feedback
Encoders provide a digital output signal in the form of a square shaped
pulse train that can be used to determine the position of the extension
tube. The encoder signal in a servo motor system is connected to the
motion control so that it can control the servo drive and hence close the
position feedback loop.
End of Stroke Limit Switches
If a unit runs at speed to the ends of its stroke there is a risk of damage.
Damage can be prevented by using end of stroke limit switches to detect
and engage a brake and/or cut power to the motor when the unit nears the
end of the unit. You must ensure that there is sufficient distance between
the end of stroke limit switch and the end of the unit, to allow the carriage
to come to a complete stop before colliding with the end. The required
stopping distance depends on the speed and the load and will have to be
calculated for each application. The stopping distance must be taken into
account when defining the necessary stroke.
www.thomsonlinear.com
215
Glossary
G-M
Guides
Lifetime Expectancy
Guides are in essence a form of linear bearings on which the carriage(s)
travel. Thomson uses three main types of guides that all have different
characteristics and which to choose depends on the demands of the
application. Alos see “Ball Guides”, “Slide Guides” and “Wheel Guides”.
When determining the lifetime for a linear motion system it is necessary
to evaluate all forces and moments that are acting on the unit. The data
and formulas given in this catalogue serve as a basis for this. For a more
detailed lifetime calculation please use our sizing and se­lection software.
Please contact us for further guidance.
Idle Torque
Idle torque is the torque needed to move the carriage with no load in it by
rotating the drive shaft. The idle torque will vary with the input speed and
the idle torque tables on the product pages gives a value for some speeds.
The value given in the table is for a unit having a single carriage of standar
length. If you need the exact value for another speed, multiple carriages or
short/long carriages , please contact our customer service.
Linear Lifting System
Inertia
Linear Motion System
Inertia is the property of an object to resist speed changes and is dependant
on the shape and the mass of the object. The inertia is important when sizing
and selecting and also when tuning a servo system to optimum performance.
Consult customer service for more information.
A linear motion system is a mechanical assembly that translates the
rotating motion of a motor to the linear motion of a carriage that travel
along a load supporting beam/profile. Other names for linear motion
systems are linear units, linear drive units and rodless actuators among
others.
Input Shaft
The input shaft is the shaft to wich the power source (motor) is connected
to on a gear box. Primary shaft is another term for this. Sometimes the
drive shaft on a linear unit also is refered to as the input shaft.
A linear lifting system is in essence a linear motion system specially
designed for vertical lifting applications. Some units can be used in
horizontal applications as well under certain criterias. Please contact us
if you plan to mount a lifting unit in any other position than vertically with
the load carrying plate pointing down.
Load Rating
Each linear motions system has an installation and service manual to
answer typical questions about mounting and servicing the unit.
There are many types of load ratings that all needs to be considered.
Normally when you speak about the load you refer to the load that the
carriage will move; which is the dynamic load. But there may also be
static, side, moment and forces from acceleration, deceleration, gravity
and friction that are all equally important. For some units the load and load
torque values are given for both the com­plete unit and the guiding system.
The values for the complete unit are the values under which the unit can
operate. The values for the guiding system should only be used when
comparing different units and do not describe the actual performance of
the complete unit.
Lead Accuracy
Maintenance
Lead accuracy is a measure of how accurate the lead of a ball screw is. For
a ball screw with a lead of 25 mm, the screw should in theory move the nut
25 mm per each revolution. In reallity there will be a deviation between the
expected traveling distance and what is actually achieved. The deviation is
typically for a ball screw 0,05 mm per 300 mm of stroke. Contact customer
service for more information.
Most units require lubrication. General lubrication requirements can be
found in the general specifications table on the product data pages. The
lubrication intervals, grease qualities and specific lubrication instructions
can be found in the installation and service manual of each unit. No
other regular maintenance is needed except for normal cleaning and
inspection. Units with a cover band may also require irregular cover band
replacement due to wear. The belt in belt driven units should not require
re-tensioning under normal operating conditions.
Input Speed
Input speed is the rotational speed that the drive shaft/input shaft of a
linear motion system or a gear box is subjected to.
Installation and Service Manual
Left/right Moving Carriages
Units with left/right moving carriages have two carriages moving in
opposite directions when the drive shaft is rotated. This type of unit has
a ball screw where half of the screw has a left hand thread and the other
half a right hand thread.
Manufacturers Declaration
All Thomson linear motion systems comes with a manufacturers
declaration to prove that it is built according to the CE regulations.
Mounting
Most units can be mounted in any direction. Any restrictions on mounting
posi­tions are shown on the product presentation pages at the beginning
of each product category chapter. Even where units may be mounted in
any direction there are some considerations. None of the units are selflocking which means that a vertical unit will drop the carriage/load if no
216
www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems
Glossary
N - Sc
external brake (such as a brake in the motor, etc.) is applied to the drive
shaft of the unit. In the case of belt driven units care must be taken as the
carriage/load will drop immediately in the case of a belt breakage. This is
particularly important in vertical applications. All ball screw driven units
are equipped with a safety nut to prevent the carriage/load being released
in case of ball breakage.
Repeatability
Non Driven Linear Motion Systems
Resolution
A non driven linear motion system has no drive shaft or any type of
transmission. In reality a non driven linear motion system is a guide that
has the same look and outer dimensions as the driven version. Normally
a non driven unit is used together with a parallel working driven unit that
are mechanically linked where the non driven unit help to share to load
with the driven one.
Resolution is the smallest move increment that the system can perform.
Some of the factors that affect the resolution are the angular repeatability
of the motor, drive and motion control system, system friction, the drive train
reduction, the lead/type of the ball screw/belt and changes in load, speed
and deceleration.
Non Guided Linear Motion Systems
A resolver is basically a type of rotary electrical transformer used for
measuring degrees of rotation and are commonly used on AC servo
motors as a feedback device to control the commutation of the motor
windings. The resolver is mounted to the end of motor shaft and when
the motor rotates the resolver will transmit the position and direction of
the rotor to the servo drive which then can control the motor. Most servo
drives for AC servo motors on the market today can convert the resolver
signal in to a pulse train (encoder signal simulation) which can be used by
a motion control to determine and control the position of the motor. Also
see “Encoder Feedback”.
A non guided linear motion system has a drive shaft and a ball screw
but no guides. In reality a non guided linear motion system is a enclosed
ball screw assembly with a carriage that has the same look and outer
dimensions as the driven version. Using a non guided unit requires some
kind of external guide to which the carriage can be attached.
Operation and Storage Temperature
Operational temperature limits can be found in the performance tables
on the product data pages. Units can be stored or transported within the
same temperature range. Please contact us if the unit will be exposed
to higher/lower temperatures than recommended during storage or
transportation.
Output Shaft
The output shaft is the shaft on a gear box that is connected to object being
driven by the gear box. Another term for output shaft is secondary shaft.
Packages and Multi Axis Kits
Thomson can offer complete pre-defined packages (linear motion system,
gear and servo motor assembled and shipped with servo drive and ca­
bles) as well as mounting kits for the creation of two and three axis sys­
tems Please contact us for further information.
Positioning Accuracy
Positioning accuracy is the error between the the expected and actual
position and is the sum of all factors that will reduce the accuracy (i.e.
repeatability, backlash, resolution, screw/belt accuracy, and the accuracy
of the motor, drive and motion control system). Some of these factors, such
as backlash and lead accuracy, can sometimes be compensated for in the
software of the motion control system being used. Also see “Accuracy”.
Repeatability is the ability for a positioning system to return to a location
when approaching from the same distance, at the same speed and
deceleration rate. Some of the factors that affect the repatability are the
angular repeatability of the motor, drive and motion control system, system
friction and changes in load, speed and deceleration.
Resolver
RoHS Compliance
The RoHS directive stands for “the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment”. This directive
bans the placing on the EU market of new electrical and electronic equipment containing more than agreed levels of lead, cadmium, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyl (PBB) and polybrominated
diphenyl ether (PBDE) flame retardants. All linear motion systems and
accessories sold in the EU are RoHS compliant.
Screw Supports
Screw supports allow screw driven units to travel at high speed even
when stroke becomes longer. The supports reduce the unsupported
length of the screw, that otherwise would be subjected to vibrations.
Screw supports come in single (one screw support on each side of the
carriage) or double (two supports on each side) versions. Screw support
units will have a slightly shorter stroke for a given overall length.
Position Feedback
The position of the carriage/rod/lifting profile can be obtained in many
ways. The most common way is to equip the unit with an encoder or to
use a motor which has a built in feed back device (encoder, resolver, etc.).
To many units there are encoders or/and encoder mounting kits available.
See the accessory chapter.
www.thomsonlinear.com
217
Glossary
Si - W
Single Carriage
Single carriage units have one carriage. Some linear motion system
models also have the option of long or short single carriage. The long
carriage handle higher loads but will have a longer overall length for a
given stroke.
Sizing and Selection
the ends and also allow for some adjustment of the unit postition at the
mounting.
Tension Station
This catalog can give you an overview of what Thomson can offer you
and an indication of which products that may suit your application. But
in order to get the best solution it is neccessary to know your specific
application and to carry out detailed sizing and selection calculations.
Please contact customer service for further help.
The tension station is the mechanical assembly situated in the opposite
end of the drive station on a belt driven unit. The tension station has
a mechanism that allows the belt pulley position to be adjusted thus
changing the tension of the belt. Adjustment of the belt tension is
normally only necessary when replacing a broken or worn out belt with
a new.
Slide Guides
Wheel Guides
A slide guide consist of a guide attached to the inside of the profile and
a slide bushing attached to the carriage. The guide can be made of
different materials (e.g. polished hardened steel, anodized aluminium)
while the bushing is made of a polymer material. There are two types
of bushings, fixed and prism. Prism bushings can move in relation to
the guide which results in longer life and higher load capabilities. Slide
bushings are silent, simple, reliable and robust and can be used in dirty
and dusty environments. They are also resistant to shock loads, have a
long life expectancy and require little or no maintenance.
A wheel guide consists of ball bearing wheels that run on a hardened
steel rail. Wheel guides are a simple and robust guiding method offering
high speeds, high loads and medium accuarcy.
Working Environment
Stroke
The theoretical maximum stroke (Smax) is the length that the carriage
can travel from one end of the unit to the other. However, using the
maximum stroke means that the carriage will collide with the ends of
the profile. The practical stroke is therefore shorter. We recommend
that you specify a unit that have at least 100 mm longer stroke than the
maximum stroke you need so that the unit can stop before colliding with
218
All units are designed for use in normal industrial environments. Units
which have an open profile (i.e. have no cover band) are more sensitive
to dust, dirt and fluids. These units require some kind of cover if they are
used in environments where dust, dirt or fluids are present. Wash down
or enhanced wash down protection can be ordered for our closed profile
units. Please refer to the accessory pages. In all cases where a unit will
be exposed to aggressive chemicals, heavy vibrations or other potentially
harmful processes we recommend that you con­tact us for further advice.
www.thomsonlinear.com
Thomson - the Choice for Optimized Motion Solutions
Often the ideal design solution is not about finding the fastest, sturdiest, most accurate or even
the least expensive option. Rather, the ideal solution is the optimal balance of performance, life
and cost.
Quickly Configure the Optimal Mechanical Motion Solution
Thomson has several advantages that makes us the supplier of choice for motion control technology.
• Thomson owns the broadest standard product offering of mechanical motion technologies in the industry.
• Modified versions of standard product or white sheet design solutions are routine for us.
• Choose Thomson and gain access to over 70 years of global application experience in industries including packaging, factory automation,
material handling, medical, clean energy, printing, automotive, machine tool, aerospace and defense.
• As part of Danaher Corporation, we are financially strong and unique in our ability to bring together control, drive, motor, power transmission
and precision linear motion technologies.
A Name You Can Trust
A wealth of product and application information as well as 3D models, software tools, our distributor locator and global contact information
is available at www.thomsonlinear.com/contact_us. Talk to us early in the design process to see how Thomson can help identify the optimal
balance of performance, life and cost for your next application. And, call us or any of our 2000+ distribution partners around the world for fast
delivery of replacement parts.
The Danaher Business System
The Danaher Business System (DBS) was established to increase the value we bring to customers. It is a mature and successful set of tools we
use daily to continually improve manufacturing operations and product development processes. DBS is based on the principles of Kaizen which
continuously and aggressively eliminates waste in every aspect of our business. DBS focuses the entire organization on achieving breakthrough
results that create competitive advantages in quality, delivery and performance – advantages that are passed on to you. Through these
advantages Thomson is able to provide you faster times to market as well as unsurpassed product selection, service, reliability and productivity.
Local Support Around the Globe
Application Centers
Global Manufacturing Operations
Global Design & Engineering Centers
ASIA
Thomson
203A West Rock Road
Radford, VA 24141, USA
Phone: 1-540-633-3549
Fax: 1-540-633-0294
E-mail: [email protected]
Literature: literature.thomsonlinear.com
Asia Pacific
Thomson
750, Oasis, Chai Chee Road,
#03-20, Technopark @ Chai Chee,
Singapore 469000
Email: [email protected]
EUROPE
Germany
Thomson
Nürtinger Straße 70
72649 Wolfschlugen
Phone: +49 (0) 7022 504 0
Fax: +49 (0) 7022 504 405
Email: [email protected]
France
Thomson
Phone: +33 (0) 243 50 03 30
Fax: +33 (0) 243 50 03 39
Email: [email protected]
Italy
Thomson
Largo Brughetti
20030 Bovisio Masciago
Phone: +39 0362 594260
Fax: +39 0362 594263
Email: [email protected]
India
Thomson
10th Floor , Sigma Building
Hiranandani Business Park
Powai , Mumbai – 400076, India
Email: [email protected]
Japan
Thomson
Minami-Kaneden 2-12-23, Suita
Osaka 564-0044 Japan
Phone: +81-6-6386-8001
Fax: +81-6-6386-5022
E-mail: [email protected]
Korea
F12 Ilsong Bldg, 157-37
Samsung-dong, Kangnam-gu,
Seoul, Korea (135-090)
Phone: +82 2 6917 5049
Fax: +82 2 6917 5007
Email: [email protected]
Linear Motion Systems
United Kingdom
Thomson
Phone: +44 (0) 1271 334 500
Fax: +44 (0) 1271 334 501
Email: [email protected]
China
Thomson
Rm 2205, Scitech Tower
22 Jianguomen Wai Street
Beijing 100004
Phone: +86 400 6661 802
Fax: +86 10 6515 0263
Email: [email protected]
OCTOBER 2012 ENG
USA, CANADA and MEXICO
Linear Motion Systems
Spain
Thomson
Rbla Badal, 29-31 7th, 1st
08014 Barcelona
Phone: +34 (0) 9329 80278
Fax: + 34 (0) 9329 80278
Email: [email protected]
Sweden
Thomson
Estridsväg 10
29109 Kristianstad
Phone: +46 (0) 44 24 67 00
Fax: +46 (0) 44 24 40 85
Email: [email protected]
www.thomsonlinear.com
NA201102-15 TJO 10/2012
Specifications are subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of the product user to determine the suitability of
this product for a specific application. All trademarks property of their respective owners. © Thomson Industries, Inc. 2012
www.thomsonlinear.com
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement